You can not select more than 25 topics
Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.
8097 lines
290 KiB
8097 lines
290 KiB
//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
|
// |
|
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
|
// |
|
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
|
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
|
// |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// |
|
// These classes wrap the information about a call or function |
|
// definition used to handle ABI compliancy. |
|
// |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
#include "TargetInfo.h" |
|
#include "ABIInfo.h" |
|
#include "CGCXXABI.h" |
|
#include "CGValue.h" |
|
#include "CodeGenFunction.h" |
|
#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" |
|
#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" |
|
#include "clang/CodeGen/SwiftCallingConv.h" |
|
#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" |
|
#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" |
|
#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" |
|
#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" |
|
#include "llvm/IR/Type.h" |
|
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
|
#include <algorithm> // std::sort |
|
|
|
using namespace clang; |
|
using namespace CodeGen; |
|
|
|
// Helper for coercing an aggregate argument or return value into an integer |
|
// array of the same size (including padding) and alignment. This alternate |
|
// coercion happens only for the RenderScript ABI and can be removed after |
|
// runtimes that rely on it are no longer supported. |
|
// |
|
// RenderScript assumes that the size of the argument / return value in the IR |
|
// is the same as the size of the corresponding qualified type. This helper |
|
// coerces the aggregate type into an array of the same size (including |
|
// padding). This coercion is used in lieu of expansion of struct members or |
|
// other canonical coercions that return a coerced-type of larger size. |
|
// |
|
// Ty - The argument / return value type |
|
// Context - The associated ASTContext |
|
// LLVMContext - The associated LLVMContext |
|
static ABIArgInfo coerceToIntArray(QualType Ty, |
|
ASTContext &Context, |
|
llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext) { |
|
// Alignment and Size are measured in bits. |
|
const uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
const uint64_t Alignment = Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); |
|
llvm::Type *IntType = llvm::Type::getIntNTy(LLVMContext, Alignment); |
|
const uint64_t NumElements = (Size + Alignment - 1) / Alignment; |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(IntType, NumElements)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, |
|
llvm::Value *Array, |
|
llvm::Value *Value, |
|
unsigned FirstIndex, |
|
unsigned LastIndex) { |
|
// Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. |
|
for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { |
|
llvm::Value *Cell = |
|
Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I); |
|
Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Value, Cell, CharUnits::One()); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { |
|
return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || |
|
T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo |
|
ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirect(QualType Ty, bool ByRef, bool Realign, |
|
llvm::Type *Padding) const { |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty), |
|
ByRef, Realign, Padding); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo |
|
ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(QualType Ty, bool Realign) const { |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty), |
|
/*ByRef*/ false, Realign); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
return Address::invalid(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} |
|
|
|
/// Does the given lowering require more than the given number of |
|
/// registers when expanded? |
|
/// |
|
/// This is intended to be the basis of a reasonable basic implementation |
|
/// of should{Pass,Return}IndirectlyForSwift. |
|
/// |
|
/// For most targets, a limit of four total registers is reasonable; this |
|
/// limits the amount of code required in order to move around the value |
|
/// in case it wasn't produced immediately prior to the call by the caller |
|
/// (or wasn't produced in exactly the right registers) or isn't used |
|
/// immediately within the callee. But some targets may need to further |
|
/// limit the register count due to an inability to support that many |
|
/// return registers. |
|
static bool occupiesMoreThan(CodeGenTypes &cgt, |
|
ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalarTypes, |
|
unsigned maxAllRegisters) { |
|
unsigned intCount = 0, fpCount = 0; |
|
for (llvm::Type *type : scalarTypes) { |
|
if (type->isPointerTy()) { |
|
intCount++; |
|
} else if (auto intTy = dyn_cast<llvm::IntegerType>(type)) { |
|
auto ptrWidth = cgt.getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); |
|
intCount += (intTy->getBitWidth() + ptrWidth - 1) / ptrWidth; |
|
} else { |
|
assert(type->isVectorTy() || type->isFloatingPointTy()); |
|
fpCount++; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
return (intCount + fpCount > maxAllRegisters); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool SwiftABIInfo::isLegalVectorTypeForSwift(CharUnits vectorSize, |
|
llvm::Type *eltTy, |
|
unsigned numElts) const { |
|
// The default implementation of this assumes that the target guarantees |
|
// 128-bit SIMD support but nothing more. |
|
return (vectorSize.getQuantity() > 8 && vectorSize.getQuantity() <= 16); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, |
|
CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { |
|
const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); |
|
if (!RD) |
|
return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; |
|
return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, |
|
CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { |
|
const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) |
|
return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; |
|
return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema |
|
/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type". |
|
static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) { |
|
if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) { |
|
const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); |
|
if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { |
|
assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union"); |
|
return UD->field_begin()->getType(); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
return Ty; |
|
} |
|
|
|
CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { |
|
return CGT.getCXXABI(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { |
|
return CGT.getContext(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { |
|
return CGT.getLLVMContext(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { |
|
return CGT.getDataLayout(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { |
|
return CGT.getTarget(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool ABIInfo:: isAndroid() const { |
|
return getTarget().getTriple().isAndroid() || |
|
getContext().getLangOpts().RenderScript; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, |
|
uint64_t Members) const { |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { |
|
raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); |
|
OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; |
|
switch (TheKind) { |
|
case Direct: |
|
OS << "Direct Type="; |
|
if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) |
|
Ty->print(OS); |
|
else |
|
OS << "null"; |
|
break; |
|
case Extend: |
|
OS << "Extend"; |
|
break; |
|
case Ignore: |
|
OS << "Ignore"; |
|
break; |
|
case InAlloca: |
|
OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); |
|
break; |
|
case Indirect: |
|
OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity() |
|
<< " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() |
|
<< " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); |
|
break; |
|
case Expand: |
|
OS << "Expand"; |
|
break; |
|
case CoerceAndExpand: |
|
OS << "CoerceAndExpand Type="; |
|
getCoerceAndExpandType()->print(OS); |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
OS << ")\n"; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Dynamically round a pointer up to a multiple of the given alignment. |
|
static llvm::Value *emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Ptr, |
|
CharUnits Align) { |
|
llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = Ptr; |
|
// OverflowArgArea = (OverflowArgArea + Align - 1) & -Align; |
|
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrAsInt, CGF.IntPtrTy); |
|
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(PtrAsInt, |
|
llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, Align.getQuantity() - 1)); |
|
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(PtrAsInt, |
|
llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, -Align.getQuantity())); |
|
PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(PtrAsInt, |
|
Ptr->getType(), |
|
Ptr->getName() + ".aligned"); |
|
return PtrAsInt; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation, |
|
/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack. |
|
/// |
|
/// This version implements the core direct-value passing rules. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param SlotSize - The size and alignment of a stack slot. |
|
/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of |
|
/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value. |
|
/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap; |
|
/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size |
|
/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially |
|
/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding. If this |
|
/// is false, the returned address might be less-aligned than |
|
/// DirectAlign. |
|
static Address emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
Address VAListAddr, |
|
llvm::Type *DirectTy, |
|
CharUnits DirectSize, |
|
CharUnits DirectAlign, |
|
CharUnits SlotSize, |
|
bool AllowHigherAlign) { |
|
// Cast the element type to i8* if necessary. Some platforms define |
|
// va_list as a struct containing an i8* instead of just an i8*. |
|
if (VAListAddr.getElementType() != CGF.Int8PtrTy) |
|
VAListAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VAListAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "argp.cur"); |
|
|
|
// If the CC aligns values higher than the slot size, do so if needed. |
|
Address Addr = Address::invalid(); |
|
if (AllowHigherAlign && DirectAlign > SlotSize) { |
|
Addr = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, DirectAlign), |
|
DirectAlign); |
|
} else { |
|
Addr = Address(Ptr, SlotSize); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Advance the pointer past the argument, then store that back. |
|
CharUnits FullDirectSize = DirectSize.alignTo(SlotSize); |
|
llvm::Value *NextPtr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), FullDirectSize, |
|
"argp.next"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr); |
|
|
|
// If the argument is smaller than a slot, and this is a big-endian |
|
// target, the argument will be right-adjusted in its slot. |
|
if (DirectSize < SlotSize && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && |
|
!DirectTy->isStructTy()) { |
|
Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, SlotSize - DirectSize); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, DirectTy); |
|
return Addr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation, |
|
/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param IsIndirect - Values of this type are passed indirectly. |
|
/// \param ValueInfo - The size and alignment of this type, generally |
|
/// computed with getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(ValueTy). |
|
/// \param SlotSizeAndAlign - The size and alignment of a stack slot. |
|
/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of |
|
/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value. |
|
/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap; |
|
/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size |
|
/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially |
|
/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding. |
|
static Address emitVoidPtrVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType ValueTy, bool IsIndirect, |
|
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> ValueInfo, |
|
CharUnits SlotSizeAndAlign, |
|
bool AllowHigherAlign) { |
|
// The size and alignment of the value that was passed directly. |
|
CharUnits DirectSize, DirectAlign; |
|
if (IsIndirect) { |
|
DirectSize = CGF.getPointerSize(); |
|
DirectAlign = CGF.getPointerAlign(); |
|
} else { |
|
DirectSize = ValueInfo.first; |
|
DirectAlign = ValueInfo.second; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Cast the address we've calculated to the right type. |
|
llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ValueTy); |
|
if (IsIndirect) |
|
DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0); |
|
|
|
Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, DirectTy, |
|
DirectSize, DirectAlign, |
|
SlotSizeAndAlign, |
|
AllowHigherAlign); |
|
|
|
if (IsIndirect) { |
|
Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr), ValueInfo.second); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return Addr; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
static Address emitMergePHI(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
Address Addr1, llvm::BasicBlock *Block1, |
|
Address Addr2, llvm::BasicBlock *Block2, |
|
const llvm::Twine &Name = "") { |
|
assert(Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType()); |
|
llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(Addr1.getType(), 2, Name); |
|
PHI->addIncoming(Addr1.getPointer(), Block1); |
|
PHI->addIncoming(Addr2.getPointer(), Block2); |
|
CharUnits Align = std::min(Addr1.getAlignment(), Addr2.getAlignment()); |
|
return Address(PHI, Align); |
|
} |
|
|
|
TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } |
|
|
|
// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. |
|
// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. |
|
unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { |
|
// Verified for: |
|
// x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin |
|
// x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin |
|
// PowerPC Linux, Darwin |
|
// ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) |
|
// AArch64 Linux |
|
return 32; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, |
|
const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { |
|
// The following conventions are known to require this to be false: |
|
// x86_stdcall |
|
// MIPS |
|
// For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
void |
|
TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, |
|
llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { |
|
// This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a |
|
// filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or |
|
// dynamic. |
|
Opt = "-l"; |
|
Opt += Lib; |
|
} |
|
|
|
unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const { |
|
return llvm::CallingConv::C; |
|
} |
|
static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); |
|
|
|
/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it |
|
/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). |
|
static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, |
|
bool AllowArrays) { |
|
if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
QualType FT = FD->getType(); |
|
|
|
// Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. |
|
// Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. |
|
if (AllowArrays) |
|
while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { |
|
if (AT->getSize() == 0) |
|
return true; |
|
FT = AT->getElementType(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. |
|
// |
|
// FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the |
|
// current ABI. |
|
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty |
|
/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not |
|
/// considered empty. |
|
static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { |
|
const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) |
|
return false; |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) |
|
for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) |
|
if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) |
|
if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) |
|
return false; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single |
|
/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or |
|
/// exactly one field which is itself a single element |
|
/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never |
|
/// considered single element structs. |
|
/// |
|
/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if |
|
/// it exists. |
|
static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { |
|
const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
|
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
|
|
const Type *Found = nullptr; |
|
|
|
// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
|
for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { |
|
// Ignore empty records. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
// If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. |
|
if (Found) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
|
|
// If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite |
|
// cannot be a single element struct. |
|
Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); |
|
if (!Found) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Check for single element. |
|
for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { |
|
QualType FT = FD->getType(); |
|
|
|
// Ignore empty fields. |
|
if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
// If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element |
|
// struct. |
|
if (Found) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
|
|
// Treat single element arrays as the element. |
|
while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { |
|
if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) |
|
break; |
|
FT = AT->getElementType(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { |
|
Found = FT.getTypePtr(); |
|
} else { |
|
Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); |
|
if (!Found) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has |
|
// padding beyond the element type. |
|
if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
|
|
return Found; |
|
} |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
Address EmitVAArgInstr(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
|
const ABIArgInfo &AI) { |
|
// This default implementation defers to the llvm backend's va_arg |
|
// instruction. It can handle only passing arguments directly |
|
// (typically only handled in the backend for primitive types), or |
|
// aggregates passed indirectly by pointer (NOTE: if the "byval" |
|
// flag has ABI impact in the callee, this implementation cannot |
|
// work.) |
|
|
|
// Only a few cases are covered here at the moment -- those needed |
|
// by the default abi. |
|
llvm::Value *Val; |
|
|
|
if (AI.isIndirect()) { |
|
assert(!AI.getPaddingType() && |
|
"Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"); |
|
assert( |
|
!AI.getIndirectRealign() && |
|
"Unexpected IndirectRealign seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"); |
|
|
|
auto TyInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second; |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *BaseTy = |
|
llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); |
|
llvm::Value *Addr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateVAArg(VAListAddr.getPointer(), BaseTy); |
|
return Address(Addr, TyAlignForABI); |
|
} else { |
|
assert((AI.isDirect() || AI.isExtend()) && |
|
"Unexpected ArgInfo Kind in generic VAArg emitter!"); |
|
|
|
assert(!AI.getInReg() && |
|
"Unexpected InReg seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"); |
|
assert(!AI.getPaddingType() && |
|
"Unexpected PaddingType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"); |
|
assert(!AI.getDirectOffset() && |
|
"Unexpected DirectOffset seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"); |
|
assert(!AI.getCoerceToType() && |
|
"Unexpected CoerceToType seen in arginfo in generic VAArg emitter!"); |
|
|
|
Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "varet"); |
|
Val = CGF.Builder.CreateVAArg(VAListAddr.getPointer(), CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Val, Temp); |
|
return Temp; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific |
|
/// details. This implementation provides information which results in |
|
/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not |
|
/// conform to any particular ABI. |
|
class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override { |
|
return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, classifyArgumentType(Ty)); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be |
|
// passed by value. |
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
|
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// WebAssembly ABI Implementation |
|
// |
|
// This is a very simple ABI that relies a lot on DefaultABIInfo. |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
class WebAssemblyABIInfo final : public DefaultABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
explicit WebAssemblyABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
// DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are |
|
// non-virtual, but computeInfo and EmitVAArg are virtual, so we |
|
// overload them. |
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments()) |
|
Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo final : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
explicit WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new WebAssemblyABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. |
|
ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be |
|
// passed by value. |
|
if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
// Ignore empty structs/unions. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
// Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We |
|
// could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(), |
|
// though watch out for things like bitfields. |
|
if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext())) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise just do the default thing. |
|
return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
|
// Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be |
|
// returned by value. |
|
if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) { |
|
// Ignore empty structs/unions. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
// Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value. TODO: We |
|
// could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using |
|
// ABIArgInfo::getDirect(). |
|
if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise just do the default thing. |
|
return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address WebAssemblyABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect=*/ false, |
|
getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), |
|
/*AllowHigherAlign=*/ true); |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation |
|
// |
|
// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values |
|
// are always passed on the stack. |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
|
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
// The PNaCL ABI is a bit odd, in that varargs don't use normal |
|
// function classification. Structs get passed directly for varargs |
|
// functions, through a rewriting transform in |
|
// pnacl-llvm/lib/Transforms/NaCl/ExpandVarArgs.cpp, which allows |
|
// this target to actually support a va_arg instructions with an |
|
// aggregate type, unlike other targets. |
|
return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. |
|
ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty); |
|
} else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
} else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { |
|
// Floating-point types don't go inreg. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. |
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. |
|
bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { |
|
// Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. |
|
return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && |
|
cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && |
|
IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; |
|
} |
|
|
|
static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
StringRef Constraint, |
|
llvm::Type* Ty) { |
|
if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { |
|
if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { |
|
// Invalid MMX constraint |
|
return nullptr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// No operation needed |
|
return Ty; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the |
|
/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. |
|
static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { |
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
|
if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half) |
|
return true; |
|
} else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
// vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX |
|
// registers specially. |
|
unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); |
|
if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers |
|
/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. |
|
static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) { |
|
return NumMembers <= 4; |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// X86-32 ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. |
|
struct CCState { |
|
CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {} |
|
|
|
unsigned CC; |
|
unsigned FreeRegs; |
|
unsigned FreeSSERegs; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. |
|
class X86_32ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo { |
|
enum Class { |
|
Integer, |
|
Float |
|
}; |
|
|
|
static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; |
|
|
|
bool IsDarwinVectorABI; |
|
bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI; |
|
bool IsWin32StructABI; |
|
bool IsSoftFloatABI; |
|
bool IsMCUABI; |
|
unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; |
|
|
|
static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { |
|
return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { |
|
// FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. |
|
return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, |
|
uint64_t NumMembers) const override { |
|
// FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. |
|
return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; |
|
|
|
/// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result |
|
/// such that the argument will be passed in memory. |
|
ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const; |
|
|
|
/// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. |
|
unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; |
|
|
|
Class classify(QualType Ty) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; |
|
/// \brief Updates the number of available free registers, returns |
|
/// true if any registers were allocated. |
|
bool updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const; |
|
|
|
bool shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &InReg, |
|
bool &NeedsPadding) const; |
|
bool shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const; |
|
|
|
bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
/// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use |
|
/// inalloca. |
|
void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
|
|
|
void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, |
|
CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, |
|
QualType Type) const; |
|
|
|
public: |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
|
|
X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI, |
|
bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI, |
|
unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI) |
|
: SwiftABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(DarwinVectorABI), |
|
IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI), |
|
IsWin32StructABI(Win32StructABI), |
|
IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI), |
|
IsMCUABI(CGT.getTarget().getTriple().isOSIAMCU()), |
|
DefaultNumRegisterParameters(NumRegisterParameters) {} |
|
|
|
bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(CharUnits totalSize, |
|
ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars, |
|
bool asReturnValue) const override { |
|
// LLVM's x86-32 lowering currently only assigns up to three |
|
// integer registers and three fp registers. Oddly, it'll use up to |
|
// four vector registers for vectors, but those can overlap with the |
|
// scalar registers. |
|
return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 3); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI, |
|
bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI, |
|
unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo( |
|
CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, Win32StructABI, |
|
NumRegisterParameters, SoftFloatABI)) {} |
|
|
|
static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( |
|
const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
// Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. |
|
if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; |
|
return 4; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override; |
|
|
|
llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
StringRef Constraint, |
|
llvm::Type* Ty) const override { |
|
return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, |
|
std::string &Constraints, |
|
std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, |
|
std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, |
|
std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, |
|
std::string &AsmString, |
|
unsigned NumOutputs) const override; |
|
|
|
llvm::Constant * |
|
getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 |
|
(0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 |
|
('F' << 16) | |
|
('T' << 24); |
|
return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); |
|
} |
|
|
|
StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { |
|
return "movl\t%ebp, %ebp" |
|
"\t\t## marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. |
|
/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, |
|
/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: |
|
/// mov $0, $1 |
|
/// mov eax, $1 |
|
/// The result will be: |
|
/// mov $0, $2 |
|
/// mov eax, $2 |
|
static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, |
|
unsigned NumNewOuts, |
|
std::string &AsmString) { |
|
std::string Buf; |
|
llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); |
|
size_t Pos = 0; |
|
while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { |
|
size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); |
|
if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) |
|
DollarStart = AsmString.size(); |
|
size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); |
|
if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) |
|
DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); |
|
OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); |
|
Pos = DollarEnd; |
|
size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; |
|
if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { |
|
// We have an operand reference. |
|
size_t DigitStart = Pos; |
|
size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); |
|
if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) |
|
DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); |
|
StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); |
|
unsigned OperandIndex; |
|
if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { |
|
if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) |
|
OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; |
|
OS << OperandIndex; |
|
} else { |
|
OS << OperandStr; |
|
} |
|
Pos = DigitEnd; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. |
|
void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( |
|
CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, |
|
std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, |
|
std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, |
|
std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, |
|
unsigned NumOutputs) const { |
|
uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); |
|
|
|
// Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is |
|
// larger. |
|
if (!Constraints.empty()) |
|
Constraints += ','; |
|
if (RetWidth <= 32) { |
|
Constraints += "={eax}"; |
|
ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); |
|
} else { |
|
// Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. |
|
Constraints += "=A"; |
|
ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); |
|
ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); |
|
|
|
// Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. |
|
ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), |
|
CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); |
|
ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); |
|
|
|
rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be |
|
/// returned in a register (for the Darwin and MCU ABI). |
|
bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, |
|
ASTContext &Context) const { |
|
uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
|
|
// For i386, type must be register sized. |
|
// For the MCU ABI, it only needs to be <= 8-byte |
|
if ((IsMCUABI && Size > 64) || (!IsMCUABI && !isRegisterSize(Size))) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (Ty->isVectorType()) { |
|
// 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in |
|
// registers. |
|
if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or |
|
// member function pointer it is ok. |
|
if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || |
|
Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || |
|
Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
// Arrays are treated like records. |
|
if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) |
|
return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, it must be a record type. |
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) return false; |
|
|
|
// FIXME: Traverse bases here too. |
|
|
|
// Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be |
|
// passed in a register. |
|
for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { |
|
// Empty fields are ignored. |
|
if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
// Check fields recursively. |
|
if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { |
|
// Treat complex types as the element type. |
|
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
|
Ty = CTy->getElementType(); |
|
|
|
// Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing |
|
// convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 |
|
// and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) |
|
if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && |
|
!Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
return Size == 32 || Size == 64; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Test whether an argument type which is to be passed indirectly (on the |
|
/// stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was expanded into separate |
|
/// arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid inhibiting |
|
/// optimizations. |
|
bool X86_32ABIInfo::canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// We can only expand structure types. |
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) |
|
return false; |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
|
if (!IsWin32StructABI ) { |
|
// On non-Windows, we have to conservatively match our old bitcode |
|
// prototypes in order to be ABI-compatible at the bitcode level. |
|
if (!CXXRD->isCLike()) |
|
return false; |
|
} else { |
|
// Don't do this for dynamic classes. |
|
if (CXXRD->isDynamicClass()) |
|
return false; |
|
// Don't do this if there are any non-empty bases. |
|
for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base : CXXRD->bases()) { |
|
if (!isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base.getType(), /*AllowArrays=*/true)) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = 0; |
|
|
|
for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { |
|
// Scalar arguments on the stack get 4 byte alignment on x86. If the |
|
// argument is smaller than 32-bits, expanding the struct will create |
|
// alignment padding. |
|
if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), getContext())) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know |
|
// how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still |
|
// counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. |
|
if (FD->isBitField()) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
Size += getContext().getTypeSize(FD->getType()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// We can do this if there was no alignment padding. |
|
return Size == getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { |
|
// If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one |
|
// integer register. |
|
if (State.FreeRegs) { |
|
--State.FreeRegs; |
|
if (!IsMCUABI) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, |
|
CCState &State) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t NumElts = 0; |
|
if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && |
|
isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) { |
|
// The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
// On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. |
|
if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
|
|
// 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in |
|
// registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM |
|
// backend will like. |
|
if (Size == 128) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( |
|
llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); |
|
|
|
// Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose |
|
// register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. |
|
if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || |
|
(Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
|
Size)); |
|
|
|
return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
|
if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
|
// Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. |
|
if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. |
|
if (!IsRetSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) |
|
return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); |
|
|
|
// Ignore empty structs/unions. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// Small structures which are register sized are generally returned |
|
// in a register. |
|
if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
|
|
// As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and |
|
// the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a |
|
// floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) |
|
// We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the |
|
// quality of the generated IR. |
|
if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) |
|
if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) |
|
|| SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); |
|
|
|
// FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead |
|
// padding. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { |
|
return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { |
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) |
|
return 0; |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
|
|
// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) |
|
for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) |
|
if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { |
|
QualType FT = i->getType(); |
|
|
|
if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, |
|
unsigned Align) const { |
|
// Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI |
|
// alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. |
|
if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) |
|
return 0; // Use default alignment. |
|
|
|
// On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. |
|
if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { |
|
// Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. |
|
return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. |
|
if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || |
|
isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) |
|
return 16; |
|
|
|
return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, |
|
CCState &State) const { |
|
if (!ByVal) { |
|
if (State.FreeRegs) { |
|
--State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. |
|
if (!IsMCUABI) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty); |
|
} |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Compute the byval alignment. |
|
unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
|
unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); |
|
if (StackAlign == 0) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true); |
|
|
|
// If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the |
|
// argument. |
|
bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlign), |
|
/*ByVal=*/true, Realign); |
|
} |
|
|
|
X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { |
|
const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); |
|
if (!T) |
|
T = Ty.getTypePtr(); |
|
|
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
|
BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); |
|
if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) |
|
return Float; |
|
} |
|
return Integer; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool X86_32ABIInfo::updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const { |
|
if (!IsSoftFloatABI) { |
|
Class C = classify(Ty); |
|
if (C == Float) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; |
|
|
|
if (SizeInRegs == 0) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (!IsMCUABI) { |
|
if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { |
|
State.FreeRegs = 0; |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
} else { |
|
// The MCU psABI allows passing parameters in-reg even if there are |
|
// earlier parameters that are passed on the stack. Also, |
|
// it does not allow passing >8-byte structs in-register, |
|
// even if there are 3 free registers available. |
|
if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs || SizeInRegs > 2) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State, |
|
bool &InReg, |
|
bool &NeedsPadding) const { |
|
// On Windows, aggregates other than HFAs are never passed in registers, and |
|
// they do not consume register slots. Homogenous floating-point aggregates |
|
// (HFAs) have already been dealt with at this point. |
|
if (IsWin32StructABI && isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
NeedsPadding = false; |
|
InReg = !IsMCUABI; |
|
|
|
if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (IsMCUABI) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || |
|
State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 32 && State.FreeRegs) |
|
NeedsPadding = true; |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const { |
|
if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (IsMCUABI) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || |
|
State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 32) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || Ty->isPointerType() || |
|
Ty->isReferenceType()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, |
|
CCState &State) const { |
|
// FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. |
|
|
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
// Check with the C++ ABI first. |
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (RT) { |
|
CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); |
|
if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { |
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); |
|
} else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { |
|
// The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar |
|
// to other targets. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t NumElts = 0; |
|
if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && |
|
isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { |
|
if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { |
|
State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; |
|
if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); |
|
} |
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. |
|
// FIXME: This should not be byval! |
|
if (RT && RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); |
|
|
|
// Ignore empty structs/unions on non-Windows. |
|
if (!IsWin32StructABI && isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); |
|
llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); |
|
bool NeedsPadding = false; |
|
bool InReg; |
|
if (shouldAggregateUseDirect(Ty, State, InReg, NeedsPadding)) { |
|
unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; |
|
SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); |
|
llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); |
|
if (InReg) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); |
|
else |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Result); |
|
} |
|
llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; |
|
|
|
// Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout |
|
// of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the |
|
// LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many |
|
// optimizations. |
|
// Don't do this for the MCU if there are still free integer registers |
|
// (see X86_64 ABI for full explanation). |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4 * 32 && |
|
(!IsMCUABI || State.FreeRegs == 0) && canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( |
|
State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || |
|
State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall, |
|
PaddingType); |
|
|
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
// On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing |
|
// it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. |
|
if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || |
|
(Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
|
Size)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
bool InReg = shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(Ty, State); |
|
|
|
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { |
|
if (InReg) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (InReg) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); |
|
if (IsMCUABI) |
|
State.FreeRegs = 3; |
|
else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) |
|
State.FreeRegs = 2; |
|
else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { |
|
State.FreeRegs = 2; |
|
State.FreeSSERegs = 6; |
|
} else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) |
|
State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); |
|
else |
|
State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; |
|
|
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); |
|
} else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { |
|
// The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the |
|
// return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. |
|
if (State.FreeRegs) { |
|
--State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. |
|
if (!IsMCUABI) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. |
|
if (FI.isChainCall()) |
|
++State.FreeRegs; |
|
|
|
bool UsedInAlloca = false; |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); |
|
UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite |
|
// all the memory arguments to use inalloca. |
|
if (UsedInAlloca) |
|
rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void |
|
X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, |
|
CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, |
|
QualType Type) const { |
|
// Arguments are always 4-byte-aligned. |
|
CharUnits FieldAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); |
|
|
|
assert(StackOffset.isMultipleOf(FieldAlign) && "unaligned inalloca struct"); |
|
Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); |
|
FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); |
|
StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type); |
|
|
|
// Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. |
|
CharUnits FieldEnd = StackOffset; |
|
StackOffset = FieldEnd.alignTo(FieldAlign); |
|
if (StackOffset != FieldEnd) { |
|
CharUnits NumBytes = StackOffset - FieldEnd; |
|
llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes.getQuantity()); |
|
FrameFields.push_back(Ty); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { |
|
// Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. |
|
switch (Info.getKind()) { |
|
case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: |
|
return true; |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: |
|
assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); |
|
return true; |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: |
|
return false; |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Direct: |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Extend: |
|
if (Info.getInReg()) |
|
return false; |
|
return true; |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Expand: |
|
case ABIArgInfo::CoerceAndExpand: |
|
// These are aggregate types which are never passed in registers when |
|
// inalloca is involved. |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); |
|
|
|
// Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. |
|
SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; |
|
|
|
// The stack alignment is always 4. |
|
CharUnits StackAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); |
|
|
|
CharUnits StackOffset; |
|
CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); |
|
|
|
// Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. |
|
bool IsThisCall = |
|
FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; |
|
ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); |
|
if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && |
|
isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { |
|
addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); |
|
++I; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. |
|
if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { |
|
CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); |
|
// On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. |
|
Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. |
|
if (IsThisCall) |
|
++I; |
|
|
|
// Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. |
|
for (; I != E; ++I) { |
|
if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) |
|
addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, |
|
/*isPacked=*/true), |
|
StackAlign); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const { |
|
|
|
auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
|
|
// x86-32 changes the alignment of certain arguments on the stack. |
|
// |
|
// Just messing with TypeInfo like this works because we never pass |
|
// anything indirectly. |
|
TypeInfo.second = CharUnits::fromQuantity( |
|
getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeInfo.second.getQuantity())); |
|
|
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false, |
|
TypeInfo, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), |
|
/*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( |
|
const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { |
|
assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); |
|
|
|
switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { |
|
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: |
|
break; |
|
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return |
|
return false; |
|
case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.isOSIAMCU()) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
switch (Triple.getOS()) { |
|
case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: |
|
case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: |
|
case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: |
|
case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: |
|
case llvm::Triple::Win32: |
|
return true; |
|
default: |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
|
llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { |
|
// Get the LLVM function. |
|
llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
|
|
// Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. |
|
llvm::AttrBuilder B; |
|
B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); |
|
Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
|
llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), |
|
llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
|
B)); |
|
} |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) { |
|
llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const { |
|
CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); |
|
|
|
// 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different |
|
// on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. |
|
// 8 is %eip. |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); |
|
|
|
if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { |
|
// 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. |
|
// These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on |
|
// platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. |
|
llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); |
|
|
|
} else { |
|
// 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some |
|
// reason. |
|
Builder.CreateAlignedStore( |
|
Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9), |
|
CharUnits::One()); |
|
|
|
// 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. |
|
// These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on |
|
// platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. |
|
llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// X86-64 ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
/// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets. |
|
enum class X86AVXABILevel { |
|
None, |
|
AVX, |
|
AVX512 |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel. |
|
static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) { |
|
switch (AVXLevel) { |
|
case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512: |
|
return 512; |
|
case X86AVXABILevel::AVX: |
|
return 256; |
|
case X86AVXABILevel::None: |
|
return 128; |
|
} |
|
llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. |
|
class X86_64ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo { |
|
enum Class { |
|
Integer = 0, |
|
SSE, |
|
SSEUp, |
|
X87, |
|
X87Up, |
|
ComplexX87, |
|
NoClass, |
|
Memory |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. |
|
/// |
|
/// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field |
|
/// classification \arg Field. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should |
|
/// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge |
|
/// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller |
|
/// should just return Memory for the aggregate). |
|
static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); |
|
|
|
/// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. |
|
/// |
|
/// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to |
|
/// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in |
|
/// the classification process. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type |
|
/// residing in the low word of the containing object. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type |
|
/// residing in the higher words of the containing object. |
|
/// |
|
void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; |
|
|
|
/// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the |
|
/// given type T should be passed. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type |
|
/// residing in the low word of the containing object. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type |
|
/// residing in the high word of the containing object. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the |
|
/// containing object. Some parameters are classified different |
|
/// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" |
|
/// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. |
|
/// |
|
/// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should |
|
/// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo |
|
/// will be Memory. |
|
/// |
|
/// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. |
|
/// |
|
/// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will |
|
/// also be ComplexX87. |
|
void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, |
|
bool isNamedArg) const; |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, |
|
unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, |
|
unsigned SourceOffset) const; |
|
llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, |
|
unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, |
|
unsigned SourceOffset) const; |
|
|
|
/// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result |
|
/// such that the argument will be returned in memory. |
|
ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
/// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result |
|
/// such that the argument will be passed in memory. |
|
/// |
|
/// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining |
|
/// available. |
|
ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, |
|
unsigned freeIntRegs, |
|
unsigned &neededInt, |
|
unsigned &neededSSE, |
|
bool isNamedArg) const; |
|
|
|
bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
/// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, |
|
/// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with |
|
/// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which |
|
/// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC |
|
/// may need to exempt themselves. |
|
bool honorsRevision0_98() const { |
|
return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// GCC classifies <1 x long long> as SSE but compatibility with older clang |
|
// compilers require us to classify it as INTEGER. |
|
bool classifyIntegerMMXAsSSE() const { |
|
const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); |
|
if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::PS4) |
|
return false; |
|
if (Triple.isOSFreeBSD() && Triple.getOSMajorVersion() >= 10) |
|
return false; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel; |
|
// Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on |
|
// 64-bit hardware. |
|
bool Has64BitPointers; |
|
|
|
public: |
|
X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) : |
|
SwiftABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel), |
|
Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { |
|
unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; |
|
// The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. |
|
ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, |
|
/*isNamedArg*/true); |
|
if (info.isDirect()) { |
|
llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); |
|
if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) |
|
return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
|
|
bool has64BitPointers() const { |
|
return Has64BitPointers; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(CharUnits totalSize, |
|
ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars, |
|
bool asReturnValue) const override { |
|
return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. |
|
class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: ABIInfo(CGT), |
|
IsMingw64(getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) {} |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
|
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { |
|
// FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. |
|
return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, |
|
uint64_t NumMembers) const override { |
|
// FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. |
|
return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); |
|
} |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, |
|
bool IsReturnType) const; |
|
|
|
bool IsMingw64; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)) {} |
|
|
|
const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { |
|
return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
return 7; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override { |
|
llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); |
|
|
|
// 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. |
|
// 16 is %rip. |
|
AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
StringRef Constraint, |
|
llvm::Type* Ty) const override { |
|
return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, |
|
const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { |
|
// The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA |
|
// registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped |
|
// function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do |
|
// that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is |
|
// undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI |
|
// defines varargs anyway. |
|
if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { |
|
bool HasAVXType = false; |
|
for (CallArgList::const_iterator |
|
it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { |
|
if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { |
|
HasAVXType = true; |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (!HasAVXType) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Constant * |
|
getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
unsigned Sig; |
|
if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers()) |
|
Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 |
|
(0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c |
|
('F' << 16) | |
|
('T' << 24); |
|
else |
|
Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 |
|
(0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 |
|
('F' << 16) | |
|
('T' << 24); |
|
return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) { |
|
llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) |
|
: X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {} |
|
|
|
void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, |
|
llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { |
|
Opt = "\01"; |
|
// If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes. |
|
if (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos) |
|
Opt += "\"" + Lib.str() + "\""; |
|
else |
|
Opt += Lib; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { |
|
// If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. |
|
// If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes. |
|
// This matches the behavior of MSVC. |
|
bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos); |
|
std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : ""; |
|
ArgStr += Lib; |
|
if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) |
|
ArgStr += ".lib"; |
|
ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : ""; |
|
return ArgStr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, |
|
bool DarwinVectorABI, bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI, |
|
unsigned NumRegisterParameters) |
|
: X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, |
|
Win32StructABI, NumRegisterParameters, false) {} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; |
|
|
|
void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, |
|
llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { |
|
Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; |
|
Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, |
|
llvm::StringRef Value, |
|
llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { |
|
Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, |
|
llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) { |
|
if (D && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
|
if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) { |
|
llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
|
|
Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", |
|
llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize)); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
|
llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
|
X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); |
|
|
|
addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); |
|
} |
|
|
|
class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, |
|
X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
return 7; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override { |
|
llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); |
|
|
|
// 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. |
|
// 16 is %rip. |
|
AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, |
|
llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { |
|
Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; |
|
Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, |
|
llvm::StringRef Value, |
|
llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { |
|
Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
|
llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
|
TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); |
|
|
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) { |
|
llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, |
|
Class &Hi) const { |
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: |
|
// |
|
// (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in |
|
// memory. |
|
// |
|
// (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in |
|
// memory. |
|
// |
|
// (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first |
|
// eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole |
|
// argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the |
|
// ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. |
|
// |
|
// (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. |
|
// |
|
// Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise |
|
// only with unions; for example: |
|
// union { _Complex double; unsigned; } |
|
// |
|
// Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. |
|
// |
|
if (Hi == Memory) |
|
Lo = Memory; |
|
if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) |
|
Lo = Memory; |
|
if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) |
|
Lo = Memory; |
|
if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) |
|
Hi = SSE; |
|
} |
|
|
|
X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { |
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is |
|
// classified recursively so that always two fields are |
|
// considered. The resulting class is calculated according to |
|
// the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: |
|
// |
|
// (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. |
|
// |
|
// (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is |
|
// the other class. |
|
// |
|
// (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY |
|
// class. |
|
// |
|
// (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the |
|
// INTEGER. |
|
// |
|
// (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, |
|
// MEMORY is used as class. |
|
// |
|
// (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. |
|
|
|
// Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or |
|
// ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). |
|
assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && |
|
"Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); |
|
if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) |
|
return Accum; |
|
if (Field == Memory) |
|
return Memory; |
|
if (Accum == NoClass) |
|
return Field; |
|
if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) |
|
return Integer; |
|
if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || |
|
Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) |
|
return Memory; |
|
return SSE; |
|
} |
|
|
|
void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, |
|
Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { |
|
// FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for |
|
// Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various |
|
// situations. |
|
|
|
// FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors |
|
// shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they |
|
// can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. |
|
|
|
Lo = Hi = NoClass; |
|
|
|
Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; |
|
Current = Memory; |
|
|
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
|
BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); |
|
|
|
if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { |
|
Current = NoClass; |
|
} else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { |
|
Lo = Integer; |
|
Hi = Integer; |
|
} else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { |
|
Current = Integer; |
|
} else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) { |
|
Current = SSE; |
|
} else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { |
|
const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat(); |
|
if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) { |
|
Lo = SSE; |
|
Hi = SSEUp; |
|
} else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) { |
|
Lo = X87; |
|
Hi = X87Up; |
|
} else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) { |
|
Current = SSE; |
|
} else |
|
llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!"); |
|
} |
|
// FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. |
|
// FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { |
|
// Classify the underlying integer type. |
|
classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { |
|
Current = Integer; |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { |
|
if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { |
|
if (Has64BitPointers) { |
|
// If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both |
|
// Lo and Hi now. |
|
Lo = Hi = Integer; |
|
} else { |
|
// Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that |
|
// straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well. |
|
uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64; |
|
uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64; |
|
if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) { |
|
Lo = Hi = Integer; |
|
} else { |
|
Current = Integer; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} else { |
|
Current = Integer; |
|
} |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); |
|
if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) { |
|
// gcc passes the following as integer: |
|
// 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float> |
|
// 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short> |
|
// 1 byte - <1 x char> |
|
Current = Integer; |
|
|
|
// If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be |
|
// split. |
|
uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64; |
|
uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; |
|
if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi) |
|
Hi = Lo; |
|
} else if (Size == 64) { |
|
QualType ElementType = VT->getElementType(); |
|
|
|
// gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( |
|
if (ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
// gcc passes <1 x long long> as SSE but clang used to unconditionally |
|
// pass them as integer. For platforms where clang is the de facto |
|
// platform compiler, we must continue to use integer. |
|
if (!classifyIntegerMMXAsSSE() && |
|
(ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || |
|
ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || |
|
ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || |
|
ElementType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))) |
|
Current = Integer; |
|
else |
|
Current = SSE; |
|
|
|
// If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be |
|
// split. |
|
if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) |
|
Hi = Lo; |
|
} else if (Size == 128 || |
|
(isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) { |
|
// Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The |
|
// least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class |
|
// SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be |
|
// greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. |
|
// This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases |
|
// where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding |
|
// complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. |
|
// |
|
// Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in |
|
// registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a |
|
// variadic function. |
|
// |
|
// Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are |
|
// split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP. |
|
Lo = SSE; |
|
Hi = SSEUp; |
|
} |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { |
|
QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); |
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
|
if (Size <= 64) |
|
Current = Integer; |
|
else if (Size <= 128) |
|
Lo = Hi = Integer; |
|
} else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) { |
|
Current = SSE; |
|
} else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) { |
|
Lo = Hi = SSE; |
|
} else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) { |
|
const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat(); |
|
if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) |
|
Current = Memory; |
|
else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) |
|
Current = ComplexX87; |
|
else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) |
|
Lo = Hi = SSE; |
|
else |
|
llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it |
|
// should be split. |
|
uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; |
|
uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; |
|
if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) |
|
Hi = Lo; |
|
|
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { |
|
// Arrays are treated like structures. |
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger |
|
// than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. |
|
if (Size > 256) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned |
|
// fields, it has class MEMORY. |
|
// |
|
// Only need to check alignment of array base. |
|
if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
// Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about |
|
// this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. |
|
Current = NoClass; |
|
uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); |
|
uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); |
|
|
|
// The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array |
|
// contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended |
|
// to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. |
|
if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { |
|
Class FieldLo, FieldHi; |
|
classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); |
|
Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); |
|
Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); |
|
if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); |
|
assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger |
|
// than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. |
|
if (Size > 256) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial |
|
// copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible |
|
// reference. |
|
if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
|
|
// Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. |
|
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
|
|
|
// Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. |
|
Current = NoClass; |
|
|
|
// If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
|
for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { |
|
assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && |
|
"Unexpected base class!"); |
|
const CXXRecordDecl *Base = |
|
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
|
|
|
// Classify this field. |
|
// |
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a |
|
// single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets |
|
// initialized to class NO_CLASS. |
|
Class FieldLo, FieldHi; |
|
uint64_t Offset = |
|
OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); |
|
classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); |
|
Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); |
|
Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); |
|
if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) { |
|
postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. |
|
unsigned idx = 0; |
|
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
|
i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
|
uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
|
bool BitField = i->isBitField(); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than |
|
// four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. |
|
// |
|
// The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct |
|
// contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended |
|
// to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. |
|
// |
|
if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { |
|
Lo = Memory; |
|
postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
// Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. |
|
if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { |
|
Lo = Memory; |
|
postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Classify this field. |
|
// |
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate |
|
// exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified |
|
// separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class |
|
// NO_CLASS. |
|
Class FieldLo, FieldHi; |
|
|
|
// Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the |
|
// structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and |
|
// therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. |
|
if (BitField) { |
|
// Ignore padding bit-fields. |
|
if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
|
uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); |
|
|
|
uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; |
|
uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; |
|
|
|
if (EB_Lo) { |
|
assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); |
|
FieldLo = NoClass; |
|
FieldHi = Integer; |
|
} else { |
|
FieldLo = Integer; |
|
FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; |
|
} |
|
} else |
|
classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); |
|
Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); |
|
Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); |
|
if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right |
|
// place naturally. |
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); |
|
unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel); |
|
if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, |
|
unsigned freeIntRegs) const { |
|
// If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right |
|
// place naturally. |
|
// |
|
// This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available |
|
// when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass |
|
// the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, |
|
// but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with |
|
// 'onstack'. See PR12193. |
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
|
|
// Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all |
|
// cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. |
|
unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); |
|
|
|
// Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This |
|
// is important for good codegen. |
|
// |
|
// We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can |
|
// handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). |
|
// |
|
// For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the |
|
// free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers |
|
// would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value |
|
// did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the |
|
// arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), |
|
// or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that |
|
// might be inreg. |
|
// |
|
// We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for |
|
// arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer |
|
// registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed |
|
// by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. |
|
// |
|
// We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter |
|
// attributes. See PR12193. |
|
if (freeIntRegs == 0) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
|
|
// If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral |
|
// type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). |
|
if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
|
Size)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM |
|
/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register. |
|
llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like |
|
// vectors; strip them off if present. |
|
if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext())) |
|
Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0); |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) || |
|
IRType->getTypeID() == llvm::Type::FP128TyID) |
|
return IRType; |
|
|
|
// We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'. |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!"); |
|
|
|
// Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'. |
|
return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), |
|
Size / 64); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range |
|
/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in |
|
/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits |
|
/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful |
|
/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. |
|
/// |
|
/// It is conservatively correct to return false. |
|
static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, |
|
unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { |
|
// If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user |
|
// data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other |
|
// types that don't contain interesting padding. |
|
unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if (TySize <= StartBit) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { |
|
unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); |
|
unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); |
|
|
|
// Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. |
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { |
|
// If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. |
|
unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; |
|
if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; |
|
|
|
unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; |
|
if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, |
|
EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
// If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
|
|
|
// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
|
for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { |
|
assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && |
|
"Unexpected base class!"); |
|
const CXXRecordDecl *Base = |
|
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
|
|
|
// If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. |
|
unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); |
|
if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; |
|
|
|
unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; |
|
if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, |
|
EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes |
|
// this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, |
|
// however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care |
|
// much. |
|
unsigned idx = 0; |
|
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
|
i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
|
unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
|
|
|
// If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. |
|
if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; |
|
|
|
unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; |
|
if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, |
|
Context)) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're |
|
// clean. |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a |
|
/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a |
|
/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return |
|
/// false. |
|
static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, |
|
const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { |
|
// Base case if we find a float. |
|
if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
// If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. |
|
if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { |
|
const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); |
|
unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); |
|
IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); |
|
return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. |
|
if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { |
|
llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); |
|
unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); |
|
IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; |
|
return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the |
|
/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. |
|
llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: |
|
GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, |
|
QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { |
|
// The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We |
|
// pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for |
|
// structs that contain 3 floats. |
|
if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, |
|
SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) |
|
return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); |
|
|
|
// We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at |
|
// offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the |
|
// case. |
|
if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && |
|
ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) |
|
return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); |
|
|
|
return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in |
|
/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking |
|
/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks |
|
/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything |
|
/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, |
|
/// etc). |
|
/// |
|
/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for |
|
/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that |
|
/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. |
|
/// |
|
/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is |
|
/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). |
|
/// |
|
llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: |
|
GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, |
|
QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { |
|
// If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're |
|
// returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. |
|
if (IROffset == 0) { |
|
// Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. |
|
if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || |
|
IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) |
|
return IRType; |
|
|
|
// If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the |
|
// goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to |
|
// kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on |
|
// struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We |
|
// have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on |
|
// unions being lowered a specific way etc. |
|
if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || |
|
IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || |
|
(isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { |
|
unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : |
|
cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); |
|
|
|
if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, |
|
SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) |
|
return IRType; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { |
|
// If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. |
|
const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); |
|
if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { |
|
unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); |
|
IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); |
|
|
|
return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, |
|
SourceTy, SourceOffset); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { |
|
llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); |
|
unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); |
|
unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; |
|
return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, |
|
SourceOffset); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an |
|
// integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. |
|
unsigned TySizeInBytes = |
|
(unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); |
|
|
|
assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); |
|
|
|
// It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that |
|
// isn't larger than the structure. |
|
return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
|
std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally |
|
/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a |
|
/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of |
|
/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, |
|
/// return {i32*, float}. |
|
static llvm::Type * |
|
GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, |
|
const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { |
|
// In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start |
|
// at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types |
|
// (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have |
|
// the second element at offset 8. Check for this: |
|
unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); |
|
unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); |
|
unsigned HiStart = llvm::alignTo(LoSize, HiAlign); |
|
assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); |
|
|
|
// To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the |
|
// second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size |
|
// of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the |
|
// struct. |
|
if (HiStart != 8) { |
|
// There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce |
|
// for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or |
|
// i8/i16/i32. This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and |
|
// NaCl). |
|
// Promote these to a larger type. |
|
if (Lo->isFloatTy()) |
|
Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); |
|
else { |
|
assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy()) |
|
&& "Invalid/unknown lo type"); |
|
Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr); |
|
|
|
|
|
// Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. |
|
assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && |
|
"Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); |
|
return Result; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: |
|
classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the |
|
// classification algorithm. |
|
X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; |
|
classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); |
|
|
|
// Check some invariants. |
|
assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); |
|
assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; |
|
switch (Lo) { |
|
case NoClass: |
|
if (Hi == NoClass) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
// If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType |
|
// null. |
|
assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && |
|
"Unknown missing lo part"); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
case SSEUp: |
|
case X87Up: |
|
llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via |
|
// hidden argument. |
|
case Memory: |
|
return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next |
|
// available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. |
|
case Integer: |
|
ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); |
|
|
|
// If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend |
|
// so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. |
|
if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && |
|
RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
} |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next |
|
// available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. |
|
case SSE: |
|
ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is |
|
// returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. |
|
case X87: |
|
ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real |
|
// part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in |
|
// %st1. |
|
case ComplexX87: |
|
assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); |
|
ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), |
|
llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), |
|
nullptr); |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; |
|
switch (Hi) { |
|
// Memory was handled previously and X87 should |
|
// never occur as a hi class. |
|
case Memory: |
|
case X87: |
|
llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); |
|
|
|
case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. |
|
case NoClass: |
|
break; |
|
|
|
case Integer: |
|
HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); |
|
if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
|
break; |
|
case SSE: |
|
HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); |
|
if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte |
|
// is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used |
|
// vector register. |
|
// |
|
// SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. |
|
case SSEUp: |
|
assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); |
|
ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is |
|
// returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. |
|
case X87Up: |
|
// If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do |
|
// anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be |
|
// preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the |
|
// extra bits in an SSE reg. |
|
if (Lo != X87) { |
|
HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); |
|
if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
|
} |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is |
|
// known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a |
|
// first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} |
|
if (HighPart) |
|
ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( |
|
QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, |
|
bool isNamedArg) |
|
const |
|
{ |
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; |
|
classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); |
|
|
|
// Check some invariants. |
|
// FIXME: Enforce these by construction. |
|
assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); |
|
assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); |
|
|
|
neededInt = 0; |
|
neededSSE = 0; |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; |
|
switch (Lo) { |
|
case NoClass: |
|
if (Hi == NoClass) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
// If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType |
|
// null. |
|
assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && |
|
"Unknown missing lo part"); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument |
|
// on the stack. |
|
case Memory: |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or |
|
// COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. |
|
case X87: |
|
case ComplexX87: |
|
if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) |
|
++neededInt; |
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); |
|
|
|
case SSEUp: |
|
case X87Up: |
|
llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next |
|
// available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 |
|
// and %r9 is used. |
|
case Integer: |
|
++neededInt; |
|
|
|
// Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. |
|
ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); |
|
|
|
// If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend |
|
// so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. |
|
if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && |
|
Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next |
|
// available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the |
|
// order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. |
|
case SSE: { |
|
llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); |
|
++neededSSE; |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; |
|
switch (Hi) { |
|
// Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should |
|
// never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, |
|
// which is passed in memory. |
|
case Memory: |
|
case X87: |
|
case ComplexX87: |
|
llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); |
|
|
|
case NoClass: break; |
|
|
|
case Integer: |
|
++neededInt; |
|
// Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. |
|
HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); |
|
|
|
if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in |
|
// memory), except in situations involving unions. |
|
case X87Up: |
|
case SSE: |
|
HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); |
|
|
|
if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
|
|
|
++neededSSE; |
|
break; |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the |
|
// eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE |
|
// register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. |
|
case SSEUp: |
|
assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); |
|
ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is |
|
// known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a |
|
// first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} |
|
if (HighPart) |
|
ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
|
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
|
|
// Keep track of the number of assigned registers. |
|
unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; |
|
|
|
// If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one |
|
// integer register. |
|
if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) |
|
--freeIntRegs; |
|
|
|
// The chain argument effectively gives us another free register. |
|
if (FI.isChainCall()) |
|
++freeIntRegs; |
|
|
|
unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); |
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers |
|
// get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... |
|
unsigned ArgNo = 0; |
|
for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
|
it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { |
|
bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; |
|
|
|
unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; |
|
it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, |
|
neededSSE, IsNamedArg); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any |
|
// eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the |
|
// stack. If registers have already been assigned for some |
|
// eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. |
|
if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { |
|
freeIntRegs -= neededInt; |
|
freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; |
|
} else { |
|
it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
static Address EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) { |
|
Address overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( |
|
VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), "overflow_arg_area_p"); |
|
llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 |
|
// byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. |
|
// It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use |
|
// alignment greater than 16 where necessary. |
|
CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); |
|
if (Align > CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)) { |
|
overflow_arg_area = emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, overflow_arg_area, |
|
Align); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. |
|
llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); |
|
llvm::Value *Res = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, |
|
llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: |
|
// l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). |
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to |
|
// an 8 byte boundary. |
|
|
|
uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; |
|
llvm::Value *Offset = |
|
llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); |
|
overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, |
|
"overflow_arg_area.next"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. |
|
return Address(Res, Align); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: |
|
// struct { |
|
// i32 gp_offset; |
|
// i32 fp_offset; |
|
// i8* overflow_arg_area; |
|
// i8* reg_save_area; |
|
// }; |
|
unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; |
|
|
|
Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); |
|
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, |
|
/*isNamedArg*/false); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed |
|
// in the registers. If not go to step 7. |
|
if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) |
|
return EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of |
|
// general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold |
|
// the number of floating point registers needed. |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into |
|
// registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or |
|
// l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. |
|
// |
|
// NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of |
|
// register save space). |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; |
|
Address gp_offset_p = Address::invalid(), fp_offset_p = Address::invalid(); |
|
llvm::Value *gp_offset = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; |
|
if (neededInt) { |
|
gp_offset_p = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), |
|
"gp_offset_p"); |
|
gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); |
|
InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); |
|
InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (neededSSE) { |
|
fp_offset_p = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), |
|
"fp_offset_p"); |
|
fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); |
|
llvm::Value *FitsInFP = |
|
llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); |
|
FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); |
|
InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); |
|
|
|
// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. |
|
|
|
CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with |
|
// an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require |
|
// copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed |
|
// in different register classes or requires an alignment greater |
|
// than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. |
|
// |
|
// FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to |
|
// collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a |
|
// simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more |
|
// loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? |
|
llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); |
|
llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad( |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)), |
|
"reg_save_area"); |
|
|
|
Address RegAddr = Address::invalid(); |
|
if (neededInt && neededSSE) { |
|
// FIXME: Cleanup. |
|
assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); |
|
llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); |
|
Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); |
|
Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST); |
|
assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); |
|
llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); |
|
llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); |
|
assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && |
|
"Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); |
|
llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); |
|
llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); |
|
llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset); |
|
llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset); |
|
llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; |
|
llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; |
|
|
|
// Copy the first element. |
|
llvm::Value *V = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad( |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero())); |
|
|
|
// Copy the second element. |
|
V = CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad( |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); |
|
CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity( |
|
getDataLayout().getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(1)); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, Offset)); |
|
|
|
RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy); |
|
} else if (neededInt) { |
|
RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); |
|
RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy); |
|
|
|
// Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. |
|
std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = |
|
getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); |
|
CharUnits TyAlign = SizeAlign.second; |
|
|
|
// Copy into a temporary if the type is more aligned than the |
|
// register save area. |
|
if (TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) { |
|
Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, false); |
|
RegAddr = Tmp; |
|
} |
|
|
|
} else if (neededSSE == 1) { |
|
RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); |
|
RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy); |
|
} else { |
|
assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); |
|
// SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save |
|
// area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. |
|
// The ABI isn't explicit about this, but it seems reasonable |
|
// to assume that the slots are 16-byte aligned, since the stack is |
|
// naturally 16-byte aligned and the prologue is expected to store |
|
// all the SSE registers to the RSA. |
|
Address RegAddrLo = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); |
|
Address RegAddrHi = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo, |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); |
|
llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; |
|
llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr); |
|
llvm::Value *V; |
|
Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); |
|
Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST); |
|
V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad( |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrLo, DoubleTy)); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero())); |
|
V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad( |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrHi, DoubleTy)); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8))); |
|
|
|
RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: |
|
// l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 |
|
// l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. |
|
if (neededInt) { |
|
llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), |
|
gp_offset_p); |
|
} |
|
if (neededSSE) { |
|
llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), |
|
fp_offset_p); |
|
} |
|
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); |
|
|
|
// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. |
|
|
|
CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); |
|
Address MemAddr = EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty); |
|
|
|
// Return the appropriate result. |
|
|
|
CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); |
|
Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, MemAddr, InMemBlock, |
|
"vaarg.addr"); |
|
return ResAddr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, |
|
CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), |
|
/*allowHigherAlign*/ false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, |
|
bool IsReturnType) const { |
|
|
|
if (Ty->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty); |
|
uint64_t Width = Info.Width; |
|
CharUnits Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align); |
|
|
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (RT) { |
|
if (!IsReturnType) { |
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
// vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to |
|
// other targets. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t NumElts = 0; |
|
if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { |
|
if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { |
|
FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; |
|
if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); |
|
} |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { |
|
// If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it |
|
// directly. |
|
llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { |
|
// MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is |
|
// not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." |
|
if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not |
|
// extended. |
|
const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
|
if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
|
|
// Mingw64 GCC uses the old 80 bit extended precision floating point unit. It |
|
// passes them indirectly through memory. |
|
if (IsMingw64 && BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { |
|
const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat(); |
|
if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
bool IsVectorCall = |
|
FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall; |
|
|
|
// We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall. |
|
unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0; |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true); |
|
|
|
// We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall. |
|
FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0; |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, |
|
CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), |
|
/*allowHigherAlign*/ false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// PowerPC-32 |
|
namespace { |
|
/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. |
|
class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { |
|
bool IsSoftFloatABI; |
|
public: |
|
PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI) |
|
: DefaultABIInfo(CGT), IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI) {} |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, SoftFloatABI)) {} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { |
|
// This is recovered from gcc output. |
|
return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
// TODO: this implementation is now likely redundant with |
|
// DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg. |
|
Address PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAList, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
const unsigned OverflowLimit = 8; |
|
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { |
|
// TODO: Implement this. For now ignore. |
|
(void)CTy; |
|
return Address::invalid(); // FIXME? |
|
} |
|
|
|
// struct __va_list_tag { |
|
// unsigned char gpr; |
|
// unsigned char fpr; |
|
// unsigned short reserved; |
|
// void *overflow_arg_area; |
|
// void *reg_save_area; |
|
// }; |
|
|
|
bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; |
|
bool isInt = |
|
Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType(); |
|
bool isF64 = Ty->isFloatingType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; |
|
|
|
// All aggregates are passed indirectly? That doesn't seem consistent |
|
// with the argument-lowering code. |
|
bool isIndirect = Ty->isAggregateType(); |
|
|
|
CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
|
|
|
// The calling convention either uses 1-2 GPRs or 1 FPR. |
|
Address NumRegsAddr = Address::invalid(); |
|
if (isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) { |
|
NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), "gpr"); |
|
} else { |
|
NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 1, CharUnits::One(), "fpr"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *NumRegs = Builder.CreateLoad(NumRegsAddr, "numUsedRegs"); |
|
|
|
// "Align" the register count when TY is i64. |
|
if (isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) { |
|
NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(1)); |
|
NumRegs = Builder.CreateAnd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8((uint8_t) ~1U)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *CC = |
|
Builder.CreateICmpULT(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(OverflowLimit), "cond"); |
|
|
|
llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont"); |
|
|
|
Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow); |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
if (isIndirect) DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0); |
|
|
|
// Case 1: consume registers. |
|
Address RegAddr = Address::invalid(); |
|
{ |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs); |
|
|
|
Address RegSaveAreaPtr = |
|
Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); |
|
RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); |
|
assert(RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty); |
|
|
|
// Floating-point registers start after the general-purpose registers. |
|
if (!(isInt || IsSoftFloatABI)) { |
|
RegAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddr, |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(32)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Get the address of the saved value by scaling the number of |
|
// registers we've used by the number of |
|
CharUnits RegSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity((isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) ? 4 : 8); |
|
llvm::Value *RegOffset = |
|
Builder.CreateMul(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(RegSize.getQuantity())); |
|
RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty, |
|
RegAddr.getPointer(), RegOffset), |
|
RegAddr.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(RegSize)); |
|
RegAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, DirectTy); |
|
|
|
// Increase the used-register count. |
|
NumRegs = |
|
Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, |
|
Builder.getInt8((isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) ? 2 : 1)); |
|
Builder.CreateStore(NumRegs, NumRegsAddr); |
|
|
|
CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Case 2: consume space in the overflow area. |
|
Address MemAddr = Address::invalid(); |
|
{ |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow); |
|
|
|
Builder.CreateStore(Builder.getInt8(OverflowLimit), NumRegsAddr); |
|
|
|
// Everything in the overflow area is rounded up to a size of at least 4. |
|
CharUnits OverflowAreaAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); |
|
|
|
CharUnits Size; |
|
if (!isIndirect) { |
|
auto TypeInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
Size = TypeInfo.first.alignTo(OverflowAreaAlign); |
|
} else { |
|
Size = CGF.getPointerSize(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address OverflowAreaAddr = |
|
Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4)); |
|
Address OverflowArea(Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaAddr, "argp.cur"), |
|
OverflowAreaAlign); |
|
// Round up address of argument to alignment |
|
CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); |
|
if (Align > OverflowAreaAlign) { |
|
llvm::Value *Ptr = OverflowArea.getPointer(); |
|
OverflowArea = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, Align), |
|
Align); |
|
} |
|
|
|
MemAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArea, DirectTy); |
|
|
|
// Increase the overflow area. |
|
OverflowArea = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OverflowArea, Size); |
|
Builder.CreateStore(OverflowArea.getPointer(), OverflowAreaAddr); |
|
CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); |
|
} |
|
|
|
CGF.EmitBlock(Cont); |
|
|
|
// Merge the cases with a phi. |
|
Address Result = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, UsingRegs, MemAddr, UsingOverflow, |
|
"vaarg.addr"); |
|
|
|
// Load the pointer if the argument was passed indirectly. |
|
if (isIndirect) { |
|
Result = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Result, "aggr"), |
|
getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return Result; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool |
|
PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const { |
|
// This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified |
|
// against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. |
|
|
|
CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
|
|
|
llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; |
|
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); |
|
llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); |
|
llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); |
|
|
|
// 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); |
|
|
|
// 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); |
|
|
|
// 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: |
|
// 64: mq |
|
// 65: lr |
|
// 66: ctr |
|
// 67: ap |
|
// 68-75 cr0-7 |
|
// 76: xer |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); |
|
|
|
// 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); |
|
|
|
// 109: vrsave |
|
// 110: vscr |
|
// 111: spe_acc |
|
// 112: spefscr |
|
// 113: sfp |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// PowerPC-64 |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. |
|
class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
enum ABIKind { |
|
ELFv1 = 0, |
|
ELFv2 |
|
}; |
|
|
|
private: |
|
static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; |
|
ABIKind Kind; |
|
bool HasQPX; |
|
|
|
// A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and |
|
// will be passed in a QPX register. |
|
bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const { |
|
if (!HasQPX) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); |
|
if (NumElements == 1) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) { |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256) |
|
return true; |
|
} else if (VT->getElementType()-> |
|
isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) { |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const { |
|
return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
public: |
|
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX) |
|
: ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {} |
|
|
|
bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; |
|
CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; |
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, |
|
uint64_t Members) const override; |
|
|
|
// TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. |
|
// Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could |
|
// use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single |
|
// floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function |
|
// entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering |
|
// when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. |
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { |
|
// We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. |
|
// One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point |
|
// or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. |
|
const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); |
|
if (T) { |
|
const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
|
if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) || |
|
(T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || |
|
(BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { |
|
QualType QT(T, 0); |
|
I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); |
|
continue; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
|
|
public: |
|
PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, |
|
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)) {} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { |
|
// This is recovered from gcc output. |
|
return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { |
|
// This is recovered from gcc output. |
|
return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- |
|
// extended to 64 bits. |
|
bool |
|
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
// Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. |
|
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
// In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to |
|
// extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. |
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
|
switch (BT->getKind()) { |
|
case BuiltinType::Int: |
|
case BuiltinType::UInt: |
|
return true; |
|
default: |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte or |
|
/// higher alignment in the parameter area. Always returns at least 8. |
|
CharUnits PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Complex types are passed just like their elements. |
|
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
|
Ty = CTy->getElementType(); |
|
|
|
// Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are |
|
// passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). |
|
if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) { |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128) |
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32); |
|
|
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); |
|
} else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { |
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16 : 8); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type |
|
// to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. |
|
const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; |
|
const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); |
|
if (EltType) { |
|
const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
|
if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() && |
|
getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || |
|
(BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) |
|
AlignAsType = EltType; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && |
|
isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) |
|
AlignAsType = Base; |
|
|
|
// With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. |
|
if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) { |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128) |
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32); |
|
|
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); |
|
} else if (AlignAsType) { |
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignAsType->isVectorType() ? 16 : 8); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that |
|
// has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. |
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) { |
|
if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256) |
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32); |
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous |
|
/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set |
|
/// to the number of base elements. |
|
bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, |
|
uint64_t &Members) const { |
|
if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { |
|
uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); |
|
if (NElements == 0) |
|
return false; |
|
if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) |
|
return false; |
|
Members *= NElements; |
|
} else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
Members = 0; |
|
|
|
// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
|
for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { |
|
// Ignore empty records. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true)) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
uint64_t FldMembers; |
|
if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
Members += FldMembers; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { |
|
// Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. |
|
QualType FT = FD->getType(); |
|
while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = |
|
getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { |
|
if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) |
|
return false; |
|
FT = AT->getElementType(); |
|
} |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
// For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. |
|
if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
|
FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
uint64_t FldMembers; |
|
if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
Members = (RD->isUnion() ? |
|
std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (!Base) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// Ensure there is no padding. |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != |
|
getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) |
|
return false; |
|
} else { |
|
Members = 1; |
|
if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { |
|
Members = 2; |
|
Ty = CT->getElementType(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths. |
|
if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// The base type must be the same for all members. Types that |
|
// agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are |
|
// treated as being equivalent here. |
|
const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); |
|
if (!Base) { |
|
Base = TyPtr; |
|
// If it's a non-power-of-2 vector, its size is already a power-of-2, |
|
// so make sure to widen it explicitly. |
|
if (const VectorType *VT = Base->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType(); |
|
unsigned NumElements = |
|
getContext().getTypeSize(VT) / getContext().getTypeSize(EltTy); |
|
Base = getContext() |
|
.getVectorType(EltTy, NumElements, VT->getVectorKind()) |
|
.getTypePtr(); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || |
|
getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, |
|
// double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. |
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
|
if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || |
|
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || |
|
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough( |
|
const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const { |
|
// Vector types require one register, floating point types require one |
|
// or two registers depending on their size. |
|
uint32_t NumRegs = |
|
Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; |
|
|
|
// Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. |
|
return Members * NumRegs <= 8; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo |
|
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
|
|
// Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) |
|
// or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). |
|
if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if (Size > 128) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
else if (Size < 128) { |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
|
|
uint64_t ABIAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty).getQuantity(); |
|
uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); |
|
|
|
// ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (Kind == ELFv2 && |
|
isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { |
|
llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not |
|
// use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. |
|
// This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the |
|
// back-end to store the argument to memory. |
|
uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy; |
|
|
|
// Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be |
|
// properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). |
|
if (Bits <= GPRBits) |
|
CoerceTy = |
|
llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8)); |
|
// Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected |
|
// according to the required alignment in the save area. |
|
else { |
|
uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; |
|
uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::alignTo(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; |
|
llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); |
|
CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// All other aggregates are passed ByVal. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign), |
|
/*ByVal=*/true, |
|
/*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo |
|
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
|
|
// Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) |
|
// or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). |
|
if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
if (Size > 128) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
else if (Size < 128) { |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
|
// ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (Kind == ELFv2 && |
|
isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { |
|
llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. |
|
uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { |
|
if (Bits == 0) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy; |
|
if (Bits > GPRBits) { |
|
CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); |
|
CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr); |
|
} else |
|
CoerceTy = |
|
llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8)); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// All other aggregates are returned indirectly. |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. |
|
Address PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
TypeInfo.second = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty); |
|
|
|
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
|
|
// If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, |
|
// the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted |
|
// in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a |
|
// pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate |
|
// loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, |
|
// and store them to a temporary structure. |
|
if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { |
|
CharUnits EltSize = TypeInfo.first / 2; |
|
if (EltSize < SlotSize) { |
|
Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, CGF.Int8Ty, |
|
SlotSize * 2, SlotSize, |
|
SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true); |
|
|
|
Address RealAddr = Addr; |
|
Address ImagAddr = RealAddr; |
|
if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { |
|
RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, |
|
SlotSize - EltSize); |
|
ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(ImagAddr, |
|
2 * SlotSize - EltSize); |
|
} else { |
|
ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, SlotSize); |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *EltTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(CTy->getElementType()); |
|
RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RealAddr, EltTy); |
|
ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(ImagAddr, EltTy); |
|
llvm::Value *Real = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, ".vareal"); |
|
llvm::Value *Imag = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, ".vaimag"); |
|
|
|
Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "vacplx"); |
|
CGF.EmitStoreOfComplex({Real, Imag}, CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Temp, Ty), |
|
/*init*/ true); |
|
return Temp; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, just use the general rule. |
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false, |
|
TypeInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool |
|
PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) { |
|
// This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified |
|
// against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. |
|
|
|
CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
|
|
|
llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; |
|
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); |
|
llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); |
|
llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); |
|
|
|
// 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); |
|
|
|
// 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); |
|
|
|
// 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: |
|
// 64: mq |
|
// 65: lr |
|
// 66: ctr |
|
// 67: ap |
|
// 68-75 cr0-7 |
|
// 76: xer |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); |
|
|
|
// 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); |
|
|
|
// 109: vrsave |
|
// 110: vscr |
|
// 111: spe_acc |
|
// 112: spefscr |
|
// 113: sfp |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool |
|
PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const { |
|
|
|
return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool |
|
PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const { |
|
|
|
return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// AArch64 ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class AArch64ABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
enum ABIKind { |
|
AAPCS = 0, |
|
DarwinPCS |
|
}; |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIKind Kind; |
|
|
|
public: |
|
AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) |
|
: SwiftABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } |
|
bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; |
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, |
|
uint64_t Members) const override; |
|
|
|
bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
|
|
for (auto &it : FI.arguments()) |
|
it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
|
CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
|
|
|
Address EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
|
CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override { |
|
return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) |
|
: EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(CharUnits totalSize, |
|
ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars, |
|
bool asReturnValue) const override { |
|
return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} |
|
|
|
StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { |
|
return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; |
|
} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { |
|
return 31; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; } |
|
}; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
// Handle illegal vector types here. |
|
if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
// Android promotes <2 x i8> to i16, not i32 |
|
if (isAndroid() && (Size <= 16)) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
if (Size <= 32) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
if (Size == 64) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = |
|
llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
if (Size == 128) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = |
|
llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() |
|
? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() |
|
: ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial |
|
// copy constructor are always indirect. |
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA == |
|
CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode |
|
// elsewhere for GNU compatibility. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { |
|
if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( |
|
llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if (Size <= 128) { |
|
// On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 16 bytes to an integer array of |
|
// same size and alignment. |
|
if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) { |
|
return coerceToIntArray(Ty, getContext(), getVMContext()); |
|
} |
|
unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); |
|
Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes |
|
|
|
// We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. |
|
// For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. |
|
if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { |
|
llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); |
|
} |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// Large vector types should be returned via memory. |
|
if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
|
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() |
|
? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() |
|
: ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) |
|
// Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
|
|
// Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
if (Size <= 128) { |
|
// On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 16 bytes to an integer array of |
|
// same size and alignment. |
|
if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) { |
|
return coerceToIntArray(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext()); |
|
} |
|
unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy); |
|
Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes |
|
|
|
// We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. |
|
// For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. |
|
if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { |
|
llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); |
|
} |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. |
|
bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
// Check whether VT is legal. |
|
unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); |
|
// NumElements should be power of 2. |
|
if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements)) |
|
return true; |
|
return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating |
|
// point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, |
|
// but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, |
|
// including __fp16. |
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
|
if (BT->isFloatingPoint()) |
|
return true; |
|
} else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); |
|
if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, |
|
uint64_t Members) const { |
|
return Members <= 4; |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty, |
|
CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
|
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
|
bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
if (IsIndirect) |
|
BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy); |
|
else if (AI.getCoerceToType()) |
|
BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); |
|
|
|
unsigned NumRegs = 1; |
|
if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) { |
|
BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType(); |
|
NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements(); |
|
} |
|
bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy(); |
|
|
|
// The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call |
|
// Standard, section B.4: |
|
// |
|
// struct { |
|
// void *__stack; |
|
// void *__gr_top; |
|
// void *__vr_top; |
|
// int __gr_offs; |
|
// int __vr_offs; |
|
// }; |
|
|
|
llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); |
|
|
|
auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
CharUnits TyAlign = TyInfo.second; |
|
|
|
Address reg_offs_p = Address::invalid(); |
|
llvm::Value *reg_offs = nullptr; |
|
int reg_top_index; |
|
CharUnits reg_top_offset; |
|
int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : TyInfo.first.getQuantity(); |
|
if (!IsFPR) { |
|
// 3 is the field number of __gr_offs |
|
reg_offs_p = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24), |
|
"gr_offs_p"); |
|
reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); |
|
reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top |
|
reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
RegSize = llvm::alignTo(RegSize, 8); |
|
} else { |
|
// 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. |
|
reg_offs_p = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(28), |
|
"vr_offs_p"); |
|
reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); |
|
reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top |
|
reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); |
|
RegSize = 16 * NumRegs; |
|
} |
|
|
|
//======================================= |
|
// Find out where argument was passed |
|
//======================================= |
|
|
|
// If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of |
|
// argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, |
|
// though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves |
|
// whatever they get). |
|
llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; |
|
UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( |
|
reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); |
|
|
|
CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the |
|
// question is whether this particular type is too big. |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); |
|
|
|
// Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a |
|
// "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we |
|
// align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. |
|
if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) { |
|
int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity(); |
|
|
|
reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( |
|
reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), |
|
"align_regoffs"); |
|
reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( |
|
reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), |
|
"aligned_regoffs"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. |
|
// The fact that this is done unconditionally reflects the fact that |
|
// allocating an argument to the stack also uses up all the remaining |
|
// registers of the appropriate kind. |
|
llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; |
|
NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( |
|
reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); |
|
|
|
// Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in |
|
// registers or not. |
|
llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; |
|
InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( |
|
NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); |
|
|
|
CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); |
|
|
|
//======================================= |
|
// Argument was in registers |
|
//======================================= |
|
|
|
// Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in |
|
// registers. First start the appropriate block: |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *reg_top = nullptr; |
|
Address reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, |
|
reg_top_offset, "reg_top_p"); |
|
reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); |
|
Address BaseAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(reg_top, reg_offs), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsFPR ? 16 : 8)); |
|
Address RegAddr = Address::invalid(); |
|
llvm::Type *MemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); |
|
|
|
if (IsIndirect) { |
|
// If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from |
|
// stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. |
|
MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t NumMembers = 0; |
|
bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers); |
|
if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { |
|
// Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split |
|
// and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, |
|
// qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable |
|
// contiguously. |
|
assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); |
|
auto BaseTyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(QualType(Base, 0)); |
|
llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); |
|
llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); |
|
Address Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy, |
|
std::max(TyAlign, BaseTyInfo.second)); |
|
|
|
// On big-endian platforms, the value will be right-aligned in its slot. |
|
int Offset = 0; |
|
if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && |
|
BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity() < 16) |
|
Offset = 16 - BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity(); |
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { |
|
CharUnits BaseOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16 * i + Offset); |
|
Address LoadAddr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); |
|
LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LoadAddr, BaseTy); |
|
|
|
Address StoreAddr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Tmp, i, BaseTyInfo.first); |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); |
|
} |
|
|
|
RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); |
|
} else { |
|
// Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory. |
|
|
|
// It might be right-aligned in its slot. |
|
CharUnits SlotSize = BaseAddr.getAlignment(); |
|
if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !IsIndirect && |
|
(IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && |
|
TyInfo.first < SlotSize) { |
|
CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TyInfo.first; |
|
BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, Offset); |
|
} |
|
|
|
RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); |
|
|
|
//======================================= |
|
// Argument was on the stack |
|
//======================================= |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); |
|
|
|
Address stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, |
|
CharUnits::Zero(), "stack_p"); |
|
llvm::Value *OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); |
|
|
|
// Again, stack arguments may need realignment. In this case both integer and |
|
// floating-point ones might be affected. |
|
if (!IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) { |
|
int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity(); |
|
|
|
OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int64Ty); |
|
|
|
OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( |
|
OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), |
|
"align_stack"); |
|
OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( |
|
OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), |
|
"align_stack"); |
|
|
|
OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); |
|
} |
|
Address OnStackAddr(OnStackPtr, |
|
std::max(CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), TyAlign)); |
|
|
|
// All stack slots are multiples of 8 bytes. |
|
CharUnits StackSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
CharUnits StackSize; |
|
if (IsIndirect) |
|
StackSize = StackSlotSize; |
|
else |
|
StackSize = TyInfo.first.alignTo(StackSlotSize); |
|
|
|
llvm::Value *StackSizeC = CGF.Builder.getSize(StackSize); |
|
llvm::Value *NewStack = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(OnStackPtr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); |
|
|
|
// Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); |
|
|
|
if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && |
|
TyInfo.first < StackSlotSize) { |
|
CharUnits Offset = StackSlotSize - TyInfo.first; |
|
OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OnStackAddr, Offset); |
|
} |
|
|
|
OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); |
|
|
|
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); |
|
|
|
//======================================= |
|
// Tidy up |
|
//======================================= |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); |
|
|
|
Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, |
|
OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock, "vaargs.addr"); |
|
|
|
if (IsIndirect) |
|
return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"), |
|
TyInfo.second); |
|
|
|
return ResAddr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
|
CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
|
// The backend's lowering doesn't support va_arg for aggregates or |
|
// illegal vector types. Lower VAArg here for these cases and use |
|
// the LLVM va_arg instruction for everything else. |
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) |
|
return EmitVAArgInstr(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
|
|
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
|
|
// Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { |
|
Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize); |
|
Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); |
|
return Addr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// The size of the actual thing passed, which might end up just |
|
// being a pointer for indirect types. |
|
auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
|
|
// Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous |
|
// aggregates should be passed indirectly. |
|
bool IsIndirect = false; |
|
if (TyInfo.first.getQuantity() > 16) { |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
IsIndirect = !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, |
|
TyInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// ARM ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class ARMABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
enum ABIKind { |
|
APCS = 0, |
|
AAPCS = 1, |
|
AAPCS_VFP = 2, |
|
AAPCS16_VFP = 3, |
|
}; |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIKind Kind; |
|
|
|
public: |
|
ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) |
|
: SwiftABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) { |
|
setCCs(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool isEABI() const { |
|
switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { |
|
case llvm::Triple::Android: |
|
case llvm::Triple::EABI: |
|
case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: |
|
case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: |
|
case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: |
|
case llvm::Triple::MuslEABI: |
|
case llvm::Triple::MuslEABIHF: |
|
return true; |
|
default: |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool isEABIHF() const { |
|
switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { |
|
case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: |
|
case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: |
|
case llvm::Triple::MuslEABIHF: |
|
return true; |
|
default: |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; |
|
bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; |
|
bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, |
|
uint64_t Members) const override; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
|
|
llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; |
|
llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; |
|
void setCCs(); |
|
|
|
bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(CharUnits totalSize, |
|
ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars, |
|
bool asReturnValue) const override { |
|
return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) |
|
:TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} |
|
|
|
const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { |
|
return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { |
|
return 13; |
|
} |
|
|
|
StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { |
|
return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override { |
|
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); |
|
|
|
// 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. |
|
AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { |
|
if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; |
|
return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); |
|
if (!FD) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); |
|
if (!Attr) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
const char *Kind; |
|
switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { |
|
case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; |
|
case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; |
|
case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; |
|
case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; |
|
case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; |
|
case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
|
|
Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); |
|
|
|
ARMABIInfo::ABIKind ABI = cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind(); |
|
if (ABI == ARMABIInfo::APCS) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
// AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, |
|
// however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct |
|
// the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. |
|
llvm::AttrBuilder B; |
|
B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); |
|
Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
|
llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), |
|
llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, |
|
B)); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) |
|
: ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; |
|
|
|
void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, |
|
llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { |
|
Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:" + qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, llvm::StringRef Value, |
|
llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { |
|
Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes( |
|
const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
|
ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM); |
|
addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = |
|
classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); |
|
|
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic()); |
|
|
|
// Always honor user-specified calling convention. |
|
if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); |
|
if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) |
|
FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. |
|
llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { |
|
// The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. |
|
if (isEABIHF() || getTarget().getTriple().isWatchABI()) |
|
return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; |
|
else if (isEABI()) |
|
return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; |
|
else |
|
return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use |
|
/// as the C calling convention. |
|
llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { |
|
switch (getABIKind()) { |
|
case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; |
|
case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; |
|
case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; |
|
case AAPCS16_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; |
|
} |
|
llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() { |
|
assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); |
|
|
|
// Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if |
|
// they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. |
|
llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); |
|
if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) |
|
RuntimeCC = abiCC; |
|
|
|
// AAPCS apparently requires runtime support functions to be soft-float, but |
|
// that's almost certainly for historic reasons (Thumb1 not supporting VFP |
|
// most likely). It's more convenient for AAPCS16_VFP to be hard-float. |
|
switch (getABIKind()) { |
|
case APCS: |
|
case AAPCS16_VFP: |
|
if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) |
|
BuiltinCC = abiCC; |
|
break; |
|
case AAPCS: |
|
case AAPCS_VFP: |
|
BuiltinCC = llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, |
|
bool isVariadic) const { |
|
// 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: |
|
// A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted |
|
// half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; |
|
// A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate |
|
// with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, |
|
// 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one |
|
// to four Elements. |
|
bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; |
|
|
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
// Handle illegal vector types here. |
|
if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if (Size <= 32) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = |
|
llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
if (Size == 64) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( |
|
llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
if (Size == 128) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( |
|
llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// __fp16 gets passed as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 bits |
|
// unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type |
|
// natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code. |
|
if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().NativeHalfArgsAndReturns) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ? |
|
llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) : |
|
llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() |
|
: ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Ignore empty records. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { |
|
// Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate |
|
// into VFP registers. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { |
|
assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); |
|
// Base can be a floating-point or a vector. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); |
|
} |
|
} else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) { |
|
// WatchOS does have homogeneous aggregates. Note that we intentionally use |
|
// this convention even for a variadic function: the backend will use GPRs |
|
// if needed. |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { |
|
assert(Base && Members <= 4 && "unexpected homogeneous aggregate"); |
|
llvm::Type *Ty = |
|
llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Ty, 0, nullptr, false); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && |
|
getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)) { |
|
// WatchOS is adopting the 64-bit AAPCS rule on composite types: if they're |
|
// bigger than 128-bits, they get placed in space allocated by the caller, |
|
// and a pointer is passed. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect( |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8), false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Support byval for ARM. |
|
// The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at |
|
// most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger |
|
// than ABI alignment. |
|
uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; |
|
uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
|
if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || |
|
getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) |
|
ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); |
|
|
|
if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { |
|
assert(getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && "unexpected byval"); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign), |
|
/*ByVal=*/true, |
|
/*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 64 bytes to an integer array of |
|
// same size and alignment. |
|
if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) { |
|
return coerceToIntArray(Ty, getContext(), getVMContext()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. |
|
llvm::Type* ElemTy; |
|
unsigned SizeRegs; |
|
// FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where |
|
// we can. |
|
if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { |
|
ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; |
|
} else { |
|
ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, |
|
llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { |
|
// APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure |
|
// is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and |
|
// the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. |
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
|
|
// Check that the type fits in a word. |
|
if (Size > 32) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// FIXME: Handle vector types! |
|
if (Ty->isVectorType()) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// Float types are never treated as "integer like". |
|
if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. |
|
if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
// Small complex integer types are "integer like". |
|
if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
|
return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); |
|
|
|
// Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition |
|
// above, but they are not. |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, it must be a record type. |
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (!RT) return false; |
|
|
|
// Ignore records with flexible arrays. |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer |
|
// like". |
|
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
|
|
|
bool HadField = false; |
|
unsigned idx = 0; |
|
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
|
i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
|
const FieldDecl *FD = *i; |
|
|
|
// Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer |
|
// like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: |
|
// struct { int : 0; int x } |
|
// is non-integer like according to gcc. |
|
if (FD->isBitField()) { |
|
if (!RD->isUnion()) |
|
HadField = true; |
|
|
|
if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
continue; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Check if this field is at offset 0. |
|
if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
// Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the |
|
// wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an |
|
// empty structure. |
|
if (!RD->isUnion()) { |
|
if (HadField) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
HadField = true; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, |
|
bool isVariadic) const { |
|
bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = |
|
(getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP || getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) && !isVariadic; |
|
|
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// Large vector types should be returned via memory. |
|
if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// __fp16 gets returned as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 |
|
// bits unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type |
|
// natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code. |
|
if (RetTy->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().NativeHalfArgsAndReturns) { |
|
llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ? |
|
llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) : |
|
llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() |
|
: ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Are we following APCS? |
|
if (getABIKind() == APCS) { |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// Complex types are all returned as packed integers. |
|
// |
|
// FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them |
|
// correctly. |
|
if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( |
|
getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); |
|
|
|
// Integer like structures are returned in r0. |
|
if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { |
|
// Return in the smallest viable integer type. |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
if (Size <= 8) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
if (Size <= 16) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise return in memory. |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. |
|
|
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. |
|
if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { |
|
assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); |
|
// Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates |
|
// are returned indirectly. |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
if (Size <= 32) { |
|
// On RenderScript, coerce Aggregates <= 4 bytes to an integer array of |
|
// same size and alignment. |
|
if (getTarget().isRenderScriptTarget()) { |
|
return coerceToIntArray(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext()); |
|
} |
|
if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) |
|
// Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
|
|
// Return in the smallest viable integer type. |
|
if (Size <= 8) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
if (Size <= 16) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
} else if (Size <= 128 && getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) { |
|
llvm::Type *Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = |
|
llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, llvm::alignTo(Size, 32) / 32); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. |
|
bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType> ()) { |
|
if (isAndroid()) { |
|
// Android shipped using Clang 3.1, which supported a slightly different |
|
// vector ABI. The primary differences were that 3-element vector types |
|
// were legal, and so were sub 32-bit vectors (i.e. <2 x i8>). This path |
|
// accepts that legacy behavior for Android only. |
|
// Check whether VT is legal. |
|
unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); |
|
// NumElements should be power of 2 or equal to 3. |
|
if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements) && NumElements != 3) |
|
return true; |
|
} else { |
|
// Check whether VT is legal. |
|
unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); |
|
// NumElements should be power of 2. |
|
if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements)) |
|
return true; |
|
// Size should be greater than 32 bits. |
|
return Size <= 32; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, |
|
// double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. |
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
|
if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || |
|
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || |
|
BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) |
|
return true; |
|
} else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
|
unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); |
|
if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, |
|
uint64_t Members) const { |
|
return Members <= 4; |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); |
|
|
|
// Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { |
|
Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize); |
|
Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); |
|
return Addr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second; |
|
|
|
// Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. |
|
bool IsIndirect = false; |
|
const Type *Base = nullptr; |
|
uint64_t Members = 0; |
|
if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { |
|
IsIndirect = true; |
|
|
|
// ARMv7k passes structs bigger than 16 bytes indirectly, in space |
|
// allocated by the caller. |
|
} else if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && |
|
getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && |
|
!isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { |
|
IsIndirect = true; |
|
|
|
// Otherwise, bound the type's ABI alignment. |
|
// The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for |
|
// APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. |
|
// Our callers should be prepared to handle an under-aligned address. |
|
} else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || |
|
getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) { |
|
TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4)); |
|
TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)); |
|
} else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) { |
|
// ARMv7k allows type alignment up to 16 bytes. |
|
TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4)); |
|
TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)); |
|
} else { |
|
TyAlignForABI = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); |
|
} |
|
TyInfo.second = TyAlignForABI; |
|
|
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TyInfo, |
|
SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// NVPTX ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; |
|
private: |
|
// Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the |
|
// resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. |
|
static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); |
|
}; |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// note: this is different from default ABI |
|
if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
// Return aggregates type as indirect by value |
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true); |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); |
|
|
|
// Always honor user-specified calling convention. |
|
if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: |
|
setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ |
|
const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); |
|
if (!FD) return; |
|
|
|
llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
|
|
// Perform special handling in OpenCL mode |
|
if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
|
// Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions |
|
// By default, all functions are device functions |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
|
// OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata |
|
// Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node |
|
addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); |
|
// And kernel functions are not subject to inlining |
|
F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Perform special handling in CUDA mode. |
|
if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { |
|
// CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since |
|
// __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not |
|
// need to set the noinline attribute. |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { |
|
// Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node |
|
addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); |
|
} |
|
if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { |
|
// Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node |
|
llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32); |
|
MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext()); |
|
if (MaxThreads > 0) |
|
addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue()); |
|
|
|
// min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was |
|
// not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value, |
|
// we don't have to add a PTX directive. |
|
if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) { |
|
llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32); |
|
MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext()); |
|
if (MinBlocks > 0) |
|
// Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node |
|
addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue()); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, |
|
int Operand) { |
|
llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); |
|
llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); |
|
|
|
// Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node |
|
llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); |
|
|
|
llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = { |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get( |
|
llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))}; |
|
// Append metadata to nvvm.annotations |
|
MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// SystemZ ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class SystemZABIInfo : public SwiftABIInfo { |
|
bool HasVector; |
|
|
|
public: |
|
SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV) |
|
: SwiftABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {} |
|
|
|
bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const; |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
|
|
bool shouldPassIndirectlyForSwift(CharUnits totalSize, |
|
ArrayRef<llvm::Type*> scalars, |
|
bool asReturnValue) const override { |
|
return occupiesMoreThan(CGT, scalars, /*total*/ 4); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
// Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. |
|
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
// 32-bit values must also be promoted. |
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
|
switch (BT->getKind()) { |
|
case BuiltinType::Int: |
|
case BuiltinType::UInt: |
|
return true; |
|
default: |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() || |
|
Ty->isVectorType() || |
|
isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
return (HasVector && |
|
Ty->isVectorType() && |
|
getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
|
switch (BT->getKind()) { |
|
case BuiltinType::Float: |
|
case BuiltinType::Double: |
|
return true; |
|
default: |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
QualType Found; |
|
|
|
// If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) |
|
for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { |
|
QualType Base = I.getType(); |
|
|
|
// Empty bases don't affect things either way. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
if (!Found.isNull()) |
|
return Ty; |
|
Found = GetSingleElementType(Base); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Check the fields. |
|
for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { |
|
// For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. |
|
// Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields |
|
// do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. |
|
if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
|
FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
// Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. |
|
// Nested structures still do though. |
|
if (!Found.isNull()) |
|
return Ty; |
|
Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. |
|
// An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. |
|
if (!Found.isNull()) |
|
return Found; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return Ty; |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: |
|
// struct { |
|
// i64 __gpr; |
|
// i64 __fpr; |
|
// i8 *__overflow_arg_area; |
|
// i8 *__reg_save_area; |
|
// }; |
|
|
|
// Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference |
|
// in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are |
|
// always passed on the stack. |
|
Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); |
|
auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); |
|
llvm::Type *DirectTy = ArgTy; |
|
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
|
bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); |
|
bool InFPRs = false; |
|
bool IsVector = false; |
|
CharUnits UnpaddedSize; |
|
CharUnits DirectAlign; |
|
if (IsIndirect) { |
|
DirectTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DirectTy); |
|
UnpaddedSize = DirectAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
} else { |
|
if (AI.getCoerceToType()) |
|
ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); |
|
InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy(); |
|
IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy(); |
|
UnpaddedSize = TyInfo.first; |
|
DirectAlign = TyInfo.second; |
|
} |
|
CharUnits PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
if (IsVector && UnpaddedSize > PaddedSize) |
|
PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16); |
|
assert((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size."); |
|
|
|
CharUnits Padding = (PaddedSize - UnpaddedSize); |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty; |
|
llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = |
|
llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize.getQuantity()); |
|
|
|
if (IsVector) { |
|
// Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack. |
|
// Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a |
|
// single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot. |
|
Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), |
|
"overflow_arg_area_ptr"); |
|
Address OverflowArgArea = |
|
Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"), |
|
TyInfo.second); |
|
Address MemAddr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArgArea, DirectTy, "mem_addr"); |
|
|
|
// Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer |
|
llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV, |
|
"overflow_arg_area"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); |
|
|
|
return MemAddr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
assert(PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8); |
|
|
|
unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex; |
|
CharUnits RegPadding; |
|
if (InFPRs) { |
|
MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments |
|
RegCountField = 1; // __fpr |
|
RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 |
|
RegPadding = CharUnits(); // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR |
|
} else { |
|
MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments |
|
RegCountField = 0; // __gpr |
|
RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 |
|
RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( |
|
VAListAddr, RegCountField, RegCountField * CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), |
|
"reg_count_ptr"); |
|
llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); |
|
llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); |
|
llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, |
|
"fits_in_regs"); |
|
|
|
llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); |
|
llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); |
|
|
|
// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); |
|
|
|
// Work out the address of an argument register. |
|
llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); |
|
llvm::Value *RegBase = |
|
llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize.getQuantity() |
|
+ RegPadding.getQuantity()); |
|
llvm::Value *RegOffset = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); |
|
Address RegSaveAreaPtr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24), |
|
"reg_save_area_ptr"); |
|
llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); |
|
Address RawRegAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, |
|
"raw_reg_addr"), |
|
PaddedSize); |
|
Address RegAddr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawRegAddr, DirectTy, "reg_addr"); |
|
|
|
// Update the register count |
|
llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); |
|
llvm::Value *NewRegCount = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); |
|
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); |
|
|
|
// Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); |
|
|
|
// Work out the address of a stack argument. |
|
Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP( |
|
VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); |
|
Address OverflowArgArea = |
|
Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"), |
|
PaddedSize); |
|
Address RawMemAddr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateConstByteGEP(OverflowArgArea, Padding, "raw_mem_addr"); |
|
Address MemAddr = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawMemAddr, DirectTy, "mem_addr"); |
|
|
|
// Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer |
|
llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV, |
|
"overflow_arg_area"); |
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); |
|
CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); |
|
|
|
// Return the appropriate result. |
|
CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); |
|
Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, |
|
MemAddr, InMemBlock, "va_arg.addr"); |
|
|
|
if (IsIndirect) |
|
ResAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"), |
|
TyInfo.second); |
|
|
|
return ResAddr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
// Handle the generic C++ ABI. |
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
|
|
// Integers and enums are extended to full register width. |
|
if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
|
|
// Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that |
|
// as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any |
|
// padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match. |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty); |
|
if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) && |
|
getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy)); |
|
|
|
// Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. |
|
if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
|
|
// Handle small structures. |
|
if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
|
// Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really |
|
// fail the size test above. |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
|
|
// The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. |
|
llvm::Type *PassTy; |
|
if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) { |
|
assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); |
|
if (Size == 32) |
|
PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); |
|
else |
|
PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); |
|
} else |
|
PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. |
|
if (isCompoundType(Ty)) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// MSP430 ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
|
llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
|
if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { |
|
// Handle 'interrupt' attribute: |
|
llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
|
|
// Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. |
|
F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); |
|
|
|
// Step 2: Add attributes goodness. |
|
F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); |
|
|
|
// Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. |
|
unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; |
|
llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, |
|
"__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and |
|
// big-endian variants. |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
bool IsO32; |
|
unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; |
|
void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, |
|
SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; |
|
llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; |
|
llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; |
|
llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; |
|
public: |
|
MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : |
|
ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), |
|
StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; |
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; |
|
public: |
|
MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), |
|
SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
return 29; |
|
} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { |
|
const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); |
|
if (!FD) return; |
|
llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { |
|
Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); |
|
} |
|
else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { |
|
Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
const MipsInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<MipsInterruptAttr>(); |
|
if (!Attr) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
const char *Kind; |
|
switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::eic: Kind = "eic"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::sw0: Kind = "sw0"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::sw1: Kind = "sw1"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::hw0: Kind = "hw0"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::hw1: Kind = "hw1"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::hw2: Kind = "hw2"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::hw3: Kind = "hw3"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::hw4: Kind = "hw4"; break; |
|
case MipsInterruptAttr::hw5: Kind = "hw5"; break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override; |
|
|
|
unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { |
|
return SizeOfUnwindException; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
} |
|
|
|
void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs( |
|
uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { |
|
llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = |
|
llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); |
|
|
|
// Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. |
|
for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) |
|
ArgList.push_back(IntTy); |
|
|
|
// If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. |
|
unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); |
|
|
|
if (R) |
|
ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in |
|
// a register. |
|
llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { |
|
SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; |
|
|
|
if (IsO32) { |
|
CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); |
|
return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (Ty->isComplexType()) |
|
return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
|
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
|
|
// Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. |
|
if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { |
|
CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); |
|
return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); |
|
} |
|
|
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
|
assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); |
|
|
|
uint64_t LastOffset = 0; |
|
unsigned idx = 0; |
|
llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); |
|
|
|
// Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned |
|
// double fields. |
|
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
|
i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
|
const QualType Ty = i->getType(); |
|
const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
|
|
|
if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
|
if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. |
|
continue; |
|
|
|
// Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. |
|
for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) |
|
ArgList.push_back(I64); |
|
|
|
// Add double type. |
|
ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); |
|
LastOffset = Offset + 64; |
|
} |
|
|
|
CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); |
|
ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); |
|
|
|
return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, |
|
uint64_t Offset) const { |
|
if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) |
|
return nullptr; |
|
|
|
return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo |
|
MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { |
|
Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); |
|
|
|
uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; |
|
uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
|
|
|
Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), |
|
(uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); |
|
unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::alignTo(Offset, Align); |
|
Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::alignTo(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { |
|
// Ignore empty aggregates. |
|
if (TySize == 0) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { |
|
Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to |
|
// another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the |
|
// aggregate is unaligned. |
|
ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = |
|
ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, |
|
getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); |
|
ArgInfo.setInReg(true); |
|
return ArgInfo; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
// All integral types are promoted to the GPR width. |
|
if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
|
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( |
|
nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
llvm::Type* |
|
MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { |
|
const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; |
|
|
|
if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
|
const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
|
unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); |
|
|
|
// N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the |
|
// following conditions are met: |
|
// 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. |
|
// 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating |
|
// point types. |
|
// 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). |
|
// |
|
// Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. |
|
// |
|
if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { |
|
RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
|
for (; b != e; ++b) { |
|
const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
|
|
|
if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) |
|
break; |
|
|
|
RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (b == e) |
|
return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, |
|
RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); |
|
|
|
RTList.clear(); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); |
|
return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
|
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. |
|
// However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. |
|
if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { |
|
if (Size <= 128) { |
|
if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
|
|
// O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small |
|
// aggregates in registers. |
|
if (!IsO32 || |
|
(RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { |
|
ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = |
|
ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); |
|
ArgInfo.setInReg(true); |
|
return ArgInfo; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
|
|
// Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. |
|
uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; |
|
|
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType OrigTy) const { |
|
QualType Ty = OrigTy; |
|
|
|
// Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64. |
|
// Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32. |
|
unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64; |
|
unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); |
|
bool DidPromote = false; |
|
if ((Ty->isIntegerType() && |
|
getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) || |
|
(Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) { |
|
DidPromote = true; |
|
Ty = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits, |
|
Ty->isSignedIntegerType()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
|
|
// The alignment of things in the argument area is never larger than |
|
// StackAlignInBytes. |
|
TyInfo.second = |
|
std::min(TyInfo.second, CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlignInBytes)); |
|
|
|
// MinABIStackAlignInBytes is the size of argument slots on the stack. |
|
CharUnits ArgSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MinABIStackAlignInBytes); |
|
|
|
Address Addr = emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, |
|
TyInfo, ArgSlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); |
|
|
|
|
|
// If there was a promotion, "unpromote" into a temporary. |
|
// TODO: can we just use a pointer into a subset of the original slot? |
|
if (DidPromote) { |
|
Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(OrigTy, "vaarg.promotion-temp"); |
|
llvm::Value *Promoted = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr); |
|
|
|
// Truncate down to the right width. |
|
llvm::Type *IntTy = (OrigTy->isIntegerType() ? Temp.getElementType() |
|
: CGF.IntPtrTy); |
|
llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(Promoted, IntTy); |
|
if (OrigTy->isPointerType()) |
|
V = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(V, Temp.getElementType()); |
|
|
|
CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, Temp); |
|
Addr = Temp; |
|
} |
|
|
|
return Addr; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
|
|
// MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended. |
|
if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32) |
|
return true; |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool |
|
MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const { |
|
// This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to |
|
// as canonical as it gets. |
|
|
|
// Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers |
|
// are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. |
|
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); |
|
|
|
// 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. |
|
// 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. |
|
// 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. |
|
// 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. |
|
AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); |
|
|
|
// 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. |
|
// They are one bit wide and ignored here. |
|
|
|
// 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. |
|
// (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) |
|
// 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. |
|
// 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. |
|
// 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. |
|
AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. |
|
// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute |
|
// handling. |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes( |
|
const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
|
const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); |
|
if (!FD) return; |
|
|
|
llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
|
|
if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
|
if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
|
// OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining |
|
F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); |
|
const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); |
|
if (Attr) { |
|
// Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. |
|
llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); |
|
llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = |
|
M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata( |
|
"opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); |
|
|
|
SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands; |
|
Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F)); |
|
|
|
Operands.push_back( |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( |
|
M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())))); |
|
Operands.push_back( |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( |
|
M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())))); |
|
Operands.push_back( |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( |
|
M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())))); |
|
|
|
// Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" |
|
// (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. |
|
// Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented. |
|
Operands.push_back( |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context))); |
|
OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// Hexagon ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
|
|
|
|
public: |
|
HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
private: |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
|
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
:TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { |
|
return 29; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Ignore empty records. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
if (Size > 64) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true); |
|
// Pass in the smallest viable integer type. |
|
else if (Size > 32) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
else if (Size > 16) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
else if (Size > 8) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
else |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
|
if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// Large vector types should be returned via memory. |
|
if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy); |
|
|
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
|
ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
// Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates |
|
// are returned indirectly. |
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
|
if (Size <= 64) { |
|
// Return in the smallest viable integer type. |
|
if (Size <= 8) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
if (Size <= 16) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
if (Size <= 32) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/true); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
// FIXME: Someone needs to audit that this handle alignment correctly. |
|
return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false, |
|
getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty), |
|
CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), |
|
/*AllowHigherAlign*/ true); |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// Lanai ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
class LanaiABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
LanaiABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const; |
|
|
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { |
|
CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); |
|
// Lanai uses 4 registers to pass arguments unless the function has the |
|
// regparm attribute set. |
|
if (FI.getHasRegParm()) { |
|
State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); |
|
} else { |
|
State.FreeRegs = 4; |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; |
|
}; |
|
} // end anonymous namespace |
|
|
|
bool LanaiABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const { |
|
unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
unsigned SizeInRegs = llvm::alignTo(Size, 32U) / 32U; |
|
|
|
if (SizeInRegs == 0) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { |
|
State.FreeRegs = 0; |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; |
|
|
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo LanaiABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, |
|
CCState &State) const { |
|
if (!ByVal) { |
|
if (State.FreeRegs) { |
|
--State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty); |
|
} |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Compute the byval alignment. |
|
const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; |
|
unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true, |
|
/*Realign=*/TypeAlign > |
|
MinABIStackAlignInBytes); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo LanaiABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, |
|
CCState &State) const { |
|
// Check with the C++ ABI first. |
|
const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
|
if (RT) { |
|
CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); |
|
if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { |
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State); |
|
} else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByRef=*/true); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
|
// Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. |
|
if (RT && RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true, State); |
|
|
|
// Ignore empty structs/unions. |
|
if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); |
|
unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; |
|
if (SizeInRegs <= State.FreeRegs) { |
|
llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); |
|
SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); |
|
llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); |
|
State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); |
|
} else { |
|
State.FreeRegs = 0; |
|
} |
|
return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const auto *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State); |
|
if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { |
|
if (InReg) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
} |
|
if (InReg) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
class LanaiTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
LanaiTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new LanaiABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
}; |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// AMDGPU ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; |
|
unsigned getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes( |
|
const Decl *D, |
|
llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
|
const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); |
|
if (!FD) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { |
|
llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR(); |
|
if (NumVGPR != 0) |
|
F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { |
|
llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
|
unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR(); |
|
if (NumSGPR != 0) |
|
F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR)); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const { |
|
return llvm::CallingConv::AMDGPU_KERNEL; |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// SPARC v8 ABI Implementation. |
|
// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. |
|
// |
|
// Ensures that complex values are passed in registers. |
|
// |
|
namespace { |
|
class SparcV8ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
SparcV8ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
}; |
|
} // end anonymous namespace |
|
|
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo |
|
SparcV8ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType Ty) const { |
|
if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) { |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
} |
|
else { |
|
return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(Ty); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
void SparcV8ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
|
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
|
for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments()) |
|
Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type); |
|
} |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
class SparcV8TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
SparcV8TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV8ABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
}; |
|
} // end anonymous namespace |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. |
|
// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. |
|
// |
|
// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to |
|
// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in |
|
// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. |
|
// |
|
// One case requires special care: |
|
// |
|
// struct mixed { |
|
// int i; |
|
// float f; |
|
// }; |
|
// |
|
// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the |
|
// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float |
|
// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments |
|
// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: |
|
// |
|
// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) |
|
// |
|
// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for |
|
// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 |
|
// bytes. |
|
// |
|
namespace { |
|
class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
|
|
private: |
|
ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; |
|
void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; |
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
|
|
// Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type |
|
// serves two purposes: |
|
// |
|
// 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' |
|
// in registers. |
|
// 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the |
|
// code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. |
|
// |
|
// We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains |
|
// aligned 32-bit floats. |
|
// |
|
struct CoerceBuilder { |
|
llvm::LLVMContext &Context; |
|
const llvm::DataLayout &DL; |
|
SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; |
|
uint64_t Size; |
|
bool InReg; |
|
|
|
CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) |
|
: Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} |
|
|
|
// Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. |
|
void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { |
|
assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); |
|
if (ToSize == Size) |
|
return; |
|
|
|
// Finish the current 64-bit word. |
|
uint64_t Aligned = llvm::alignTo(Size, 64); |
|
if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { |
|
Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); |
|
Size = Aligned; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Add whole 64-bit words. |
|
while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { |
|
Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); |
|
Size += 64; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Final in-word padding. |
|
if (Size < ToSize) { |
|
Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); |
|
Size = ToSize; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Add a floating point element at Offset. |
|
void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { |
|
// Unaligned floats are treated as integers. |
|
if (Offset % Bits) |
|
return; |
|
// The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. |
|
if (Bits < 64) |
|
InReg = true; |
|
pad(Offset); |
|
Elems.push_back(Ty); |
|
Size = Offset + Bits; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). |
|
void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { |
|
const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); |
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { |
|
llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); |
|
uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); |
|
switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { |
|
case llvm::Type::StructTyID: |
|
addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); |
|
break; |
|
case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: |
|
addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); |
|
break; |
|
case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: |
|
addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); |
|
break; |
|
case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: |
|
addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); |
|
break; |
|
case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: |
|
if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { |
|
pad(ElemOffset); |
|
Elems.push_back(ElemTy); |
|
Size += 64; |
|
} |
|
break; |
|
default: |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. |
|
bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { |
|
return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. |
|
llvm::Type *getType() const { |
|
if (Elems.size() == 1) |
|
return Elems.front(); |
|
else |
|
return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
}; |
|
} // end anonymous namespace |
|
|
|
ABIArgInfo |
|
SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { |
|
if (Ty->isVoidType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
|
|
|
uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
|
|
|
// Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect |
|
// pointer / sret pointer. |
|
if (Size > SizeLimit) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
|
|
|
// Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
|
if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
|
|
|
// Integer types smaller than a register are extended. |
|
if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
|
|
|
// Other non-aggregates go in registers. |
|
if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
|
|
// If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial |
|
// destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. |
|
if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) |
|
return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); |
|
|
|
// This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. |
|
// Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. |
|
llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); |
|
if (!StrTy) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
|
|
|
CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); |
|
CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); |
|
CB.pad(llvm::alignTo(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); |
|
|
|
// Try to use the original type for coercion. |
|
llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); |
|
|
|
if (CB.InReg) |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); |
|
else |
|
return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); |
|
} |
|
|
|
Address SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); |
|
llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) |
|
AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); |
|
|
|
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8); |
|
|
|
CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
|
Address Addr(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize); |
|
llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); |
|
|
|
auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); |
|
|
|
Address ArgAddr = Address::invalid(); |
|
CharUnits Stride; |
|
switch (AI.getKind()) { |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Expand: |
|
case ABIArgInfo::CoerceAndExpand: |
|
case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: |
|
llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); |
|
|
|
case ABIArgInfo::Extend: { |
|
Stride = SlotSize; |
|
CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TypeInfo.first; |
|
ArgAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Offset, "extend"); |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
case ABIArgInfo::Direct: { |
|
auto AllocSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); |
|
Stride = CharUnits::fromQuantity(AllocSize).alignTo(SlotSize); |
|
ArgAddr = Addr; |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: |
|
Stride = SlotSize; |
|
ArgAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ArgPtrTy, "indirect"); |
|
ArgAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"), |
|
TypeInfo.second); |
|
break; |
|
|
|
case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: |
|
return Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeInfo.second); |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Update VAList. |
|
llvm::Value *NextPtr = |
|
Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), Stride, "ap.next"); |
|
Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr); |
|
|
|
return Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); |
|
} |
|
|
|
void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
|
FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); |
|
for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) |
|
I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); |
|
} |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
|
|
int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { |
|
return 14; |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const override; |
|
}; |
|
} // end anonymous namespace |
|
|
|
bool |
|
SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
|
llvm::Value *Address) const { |
|
// This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified |
|
// against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. |
|
|
|
CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
|
|
|
llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; |
|
llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); |
|
llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); |
|
|
|
// 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); |
|
|
|
// 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); |
|
|
|
// Y = 64 |
|
// PSR = 65 |
|
// WIM = 66 |
|
// TBR = 67 |
|
// PC = 68 |
|
// NPC = 69 |
|
// FSR = 70 |
|
// CSR = 71 |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); |
|
|
|
// 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers |
|
AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// XCore ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
|
|
/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing |
|
/// it by reference between functions that append to it. |
|
typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; |
|
|
|
/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. |
|
/// |
|
/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: |
|
/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; |
|
/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. |
|
/// |
|
/// A cache Entry can have a Status of: |
|
/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; |
|
/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; |
|
/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; |
|
/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a |
|
/// Recursive type encoding. |
|
/// |
|
/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully |
|
/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type |
|
/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever |
|
/// the type is encountered. |
|
/// |
|
/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as |
|
/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which |
|
/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion |
|
/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses |
|
/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. |
|
/// |
|
/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its |
|
/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and |
|
/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and |
|
/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion |
|
/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. |
|
/// |
|
/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: |
|
/// |
|
/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the |
|
/// cached encoding is used; |
|
/// |
|
/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the |
|
/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... |
|
/// |
|
/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the |
|
/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; |
|
/// |
|
/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete |
|
/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out |
|
/// it is swapped back in; |
|
/// |
|
/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete |
|
/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many |
|
/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; |
|
/// |
|
/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: |
|
/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. |
|
/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has |
|
/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. |
|
/// |
|
class TypeStringCache { |
|
enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; |
|
struct Entry { |
|
std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. |
|
enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. |
|
std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding |
|
// during the expansion of RecordType's members. |
|
}; |
|
std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; |
|
unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. |
|
unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. |
|
public: |
|
TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {} |
|
void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); |
|
bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); |
|
void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, |
|
bool IsRecursive); |
|
StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); |
|
}; |
|
|
|
/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. |
|
/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. |
|
class FieldEncoding { |
|
bool HasName; |
|
std::string Enc; |
|
public: |
|
FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {} |
|
StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();} |
|
bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { |
|
if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; |
|
return Enc < rhs.Enc; |
|
} |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { |
|
public: |
|
XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} |
|
Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
mutable TypeStringCache TSC; |
|
public: |
|
XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
:TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
} // End anonymous namespace. |
|
|
|
// TODO: this implementation is likely now redundant with the default |
|
// EmitVAArg. |
|
Address XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr, |
|
QualType Ty) const { |
|
CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
|
|
|
// Get the VAList. |
|
CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4); |
|
Address AP(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize); |
|
|
|
// Handle the argument. |
|
ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
|
CharUnits TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty); |
|
llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
|
if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) |
|
AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); |
|
llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); |
|
|
|
Address Val = Address::invalid(); |
|
CharUnits ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero(); |
|
switch (AI.getKind()) { |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Expand: |
|
case ABIArgInfo::CoerceAndExpand: |
|
case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: |
|
llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: |
|
Val = Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeAlign); |
|
ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero(); |
|
break; |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Extend: |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Direct: |
|
Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); |
|
ArgSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity( |
|
getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType())); |
|
ArgSize = ArgSize.alignTo(SlotSize); |
|
break; |
|
case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: |
|
Val = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); |
|
Val = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Val), TypeAlign); |
|
ArgSize = SlotSize; |
|
break; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Increment the VAList. |
|
if (!ArgSize.isZero()) { |
|
llvm::Value *APN = |
|
Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(AP.getPointer(), ArgSize); |
|
Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddr); |
|
} |
|
|
|
return Val; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed |
|
/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. |
|
/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will |
|
/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). |
|
/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. |
|
void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, |
|
std::string StubEnc) { |
|
if (!ID) |
|
return; |
|
Entry &E = Map[ID]; |
|
assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && |
|
"Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); |
|
assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); |
|
E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive |
|
E.Str.swap(StubEnc); |
|
E.State = Incomplete; |
|
++IncompleteCount; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString |
|
/// must be removed from the cache. |
|
/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. |
|
/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. |
|
bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { |
|
if (!ID) |
|
return false; |
|
auto I = Map.find(ID); |
|
assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); |
|
Entry &E = I->second; |
|
assert( (E.State == Incomplete || |
|
E.State == IncompleteUsed) && |
|
"Entry must be an incomplete type"); |
|
bool IsRecursive = false; |
|
if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { |
|
// We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. |
|
IsRecursive = true; |
|
--IncompleteUsedCount; |
|
} |
|
if (E.Swapped.empty()) |
|
Map.erase(I); |
|
else { |
|
// Swap the Recursive back. |
|
E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); |
|
E.Swapped.clear(); |
|
E.State = Recursive; |
|
} |
|
--IncompleteCount; |
|
return IsRecursive; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or |
|
/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). |
|
void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, |
|
bool IsRecursive) { |
|
if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) |
|
return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. |
|
Entry &E = Map[ID]; |
|
if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { |
|
assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && |
|
"This is not the same Recursive entry"); |
|
// The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used |
|
// this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when |
|
// we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. |
|
return; |
|
} |
|
assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); |
|
E.Str = Str.str(); |
|
E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we |
|
/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached |
|
/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. |
|
StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { |
|
if (!ID) |
|
return StringRef(); // We have no key. |
|
auto I = Map.find(ID); |
|
if (I == Map.end()) |
|
return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. |
|
Entry &E = I->second; |
|
if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) |
|
return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. |
|
|
|
if (E.State == Incomplete) { |
|
// The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. |
|
E.State = IncompleteUsed; |
|
++IncompleteUsedCount; |
|
} |
|
return E.Str.c_str(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol |
|
/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify |
|
/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. |
|
/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. |
|
/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global |
|
/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. |
|
/// |
|
/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. |
|
/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: |
|
/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf |
|
/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. |
|
/// |
|
static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); |
|
|
|
/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. |
|
void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
|
SmallStringEnc Enc; |
|
if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { |
|
llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); |
|
llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV), |
|
llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())}; |
|
llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = |
|
CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); |
|
MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// SPIR ABI Implementation |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
namespace { |
|
class SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
|
public: |
|
SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
|
: TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
|
void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; |
|
unsigned getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const override; |
|
}; |
|
} // End anonymous namespace. |
|
|
|
/// Emit SPIR specific metadata: OpenCL and SPIR version. |
|
void SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
|
llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); |
|
llvm::Type *Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx); |
|
llvm::Module &M = CGM.getModule(); |
|
// SPIR v2.0 s2.12 - The SPIR version used by the module is stored in the |
|
// opencl.spir.version named metadata. |
|
llvm::Metadata *SPIRVerElts[] = { |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, 2)), |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, 0))}; |
|
llvm::NamedMDNode *SPIRVerMD = |
|
M.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.spir.version"); |
|
SPIRVerMD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, SPIRVerElts)); |
|
// SPIR v2.0 s2.13 - The OpenCL version used by the module is stored in the |
|
// opencl.ocl.version named metadata node. |
|
llvm::Metadata *OCLVerElts[] = { |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( |
|
Int32Ty, CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion / 100)), |
|
llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( |
|
Int32Ty, (CGM.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion % 100) / 10))}; |
|
llvm::NamedMDNode *OCLVerMD = |
|
M.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.ocl.version"); |
|
OCLVerMD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, OCLVerElts)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
unsigned SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo::getOpenCLKernelCallingConv() const { |
|
return llvm::CallingConv::SPIR_KERNEL; |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, |
|
const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC); |
|
|
|
/// Helper function for appendRecordType(). |
|
/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration |
|
/// order. |
|
static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, |
|
const RecordDecl *RD, |
|
const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC) { |
|
for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { |
|
SmallStringEnc Enc; |
|
Enc += "m("; |
|
Enc += Field->getName(); |
|
Enc += "){"; |
|
if (Field->isBitField()) { |
|
Enc += "b("; |
|
llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); |
|
OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); |
|
Enc += ':'; |
|
} |
|
if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) |
|
return false; |
|
if (Field->isBitField()) |
|
Enc += ')'; |
|
Enc += '}'; |
|
FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc); |
|
} |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. |
|
/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. |
|
/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. |
|
static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, |
|
const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { |
|
// Append the cached TypeString if we have one. |
|
StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); |
|
if (!TypeString.empty()) { |
|
Enc += TypeString; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
// Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. |
|
size_t Start = Enc.size(); |
|
Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); |
|
Enc += '('; |
|
if (ID) |
|
Enc += ID->getName(); |
|
Enc += "){"; |
|
|
|
// We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. |
|
bool IsRecursive = false; |
|
const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); |
|
if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { |
|
// An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType |
|
// so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a |
|
// complete TypeString for this RecordType. |
|
SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; |
|
std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); |
|
StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. |
|
TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); |
|
if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { |
|
(void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); |
|
// The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. |
|
// See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. |
|
if (RT->isUnionType()) |
|
std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); |
|
// We can now complete the TypeString. |
|
unsigned E = FE.size(); |
|
for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { |
|
if (I) |
|
Enc += ','; |
|
Enc += FE[I].str(); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
Enc += '}'; |
|
TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. |
|
static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC, |
|
const IdentifierInfo *ID) { |
|
// Append the cached TypeString if we have one. |
|
StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); |
|
if (!TypeString.empty()) { |
|
Enc += TypeString; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
size_t Start = Enc.size(); |
|
Enc += "e("; |
|
if (ID) |
|
Enc += ID->getName(); |
|
Enc += "){"; |
|
|
|
// We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. |
|
if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { |
|
SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; |
|
for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; |
|
++I) { |
|
SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; |
|
EnumEnc += "m("; |
|
EnumEnc += I->getName(); |
|
EnumEnc += "){"; |
|
I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); |
|
EnumEnc += '}'; |
|
FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); |
|
} |
|
std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); |
|
unsigned E = FE.size(); |
|
for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { |
|
if (I) |
|
Enc += ','; |
|
Enc += FE[I].str(); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
Enc += '}'; |
|
TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. |
|
/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. |
|
static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { |
|
// Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. |
|
static const char *const Table[]={"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; |
|
int Lookup = 0; |
|
if (QT.isConstQualified()) |
|
Lookup += 1<<0; |
|
if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) |
|
Lookup += 1<<1; |
|
if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) |
|
Lookup += 1<<2; |
|
Enc += Table[Lookup]; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Appends built-in types to Enc. |
|
static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { |
|
const char *EncType; |
|
switch (BT->getKind()) { |
|
case BuiltinType::Void: |
|
EncType = "0"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::Bool: |
|
EncType = "b"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::Char_U: |
|
EncType = "uc"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::UChar: |
|
EncType = "uc"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::SChar: |
|
EncType = "sc"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::UShort: |
|
EncType = "us"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::Short: |
|
EncType = "ss"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::UInt: |
|
EncType = "ui"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::Int: |
|
EncType = "si"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::ULong: |
|
EncType = "ul"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::Long: |
|
EncType = "sl"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::ULongLong: |
|
EncType = "ull"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::LongLong: |
|
EncType = "sll"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::Float: |
|
EncType = "ft"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::Double: |
|
EncType = "d"; |
|
break; |
|
case BuiltinType::LongDouble: |
|
EncType = "ld"; |
|
break; |
|
default: |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
Enc += EncType; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. |
|
static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, |
|
const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC) { |
|
Enc += "p("; |
|
if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) |
|
return false; |
|
Enc += ')'; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. |
|
static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, |
|
const ArrayType *AT, |
|
const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { |
|
if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) |
|
return false; |
|
Enc += "a("; |
|
if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) |
|
CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); |
|
else |
|
Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". |
|
Enc += ':'; |
|
// The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. |
|
appendQualifier(Enc, QT); |
|
if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) |
|
return false; |
|
Enc += ')'; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type |
|
/// and the arguments. |
|
static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, |
|
const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC) { |
|
Enc += "f{"; |
|
if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) |
|
return false; |
|
Enc += "}("; |
|
if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
|
// N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. |
|
auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); |
|
auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); |
|
if (I != E) { |
|
do { |
|
if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) |
|
return false; |
|
++I; |
|
if (I != E) |
|
Enc += ','; |
|
} while (I != E); |
|
if (FPT->isVariadic()) |
|
Enc += ",va"; |
|
} else { |
|
if (FPT->isVariadic()) |
|
Enc += "va"; |
|
else |
|
Enc += '0'; |
|
} |
|
} |
|
Enc += ')'; |
|
return true; |
|
} |
|
|
|
/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific |
|
/// type encodings. |
|
static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, |
|
const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, |
|
TypeStringCache &TSC) { |
|
|
|
QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); |
|
|
|
if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
|
// The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. |
|
// Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. |
|
return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); |
|
|
|
appendQualifier(Enc, QT); |
|
|
|
if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
|
return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); |
|
|
|
if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) |
|
return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); |
|
|
|
if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) |
|
return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); |
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) |
|
return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); |
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) |
|
return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); |
|
|
|
if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
|
return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); |
|
|
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, |
|
CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { |
|
if (!D) |
|
return false; |
|
|
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
|
if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) |
|
return false; |
|
return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); |
|
} |
|
|
|
if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
|
if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) |
|
return false; |
|
QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); |
|
if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { |
|
// Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. |
|
// The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. |
|
// Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. |
|
return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); |
|
} |
|
return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); |
|
} |
|
return false; |
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
// Driver code |
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
|
|
|
const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { |
|
return getTarget().getTriple(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { |
|
return getTriple().supportsCOMDAT(); |
|
} |
|
|
|
const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { |
|
if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) |
|
return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; |
|
|
|
// Helper to set the unique_ptr while still keeping the return value. |
|
auto SetCGInfo = [&](TargetCodeGenInfo *P) -> const TargetCodeGenInfo & { |
|
this->TheTargetCodeGenInfo.reset(P); |
|
return *P; |
|
}; |
|
|
|
const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); |
|
switch (Triple.getArch()) { |
|
default: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::le32: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::mips: |
|
case llvm::Triple::mipsel: |
|
if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl) |
|
return SetCGInfo(new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
return SetCGInfo(new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::mips64: |
|
case llvm::Triple::mips64el: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::aarch64: |
|
case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { |
|
AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; |
|
if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") |
|
Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; |
|
|
|
return SetCGInfo(new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::wasm32: |
|
case llvm::Triple::wasm64: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::arm: |
|
case llvm::Triple::armeb: |
|
case llvm::Triple::thumb: |
|
case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: { |
|
if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { |
|
return SetCGInfo( |
|
new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; |
|
StringRef ABIStr = getTarget().getABI(); |
|
if (ABIStr == "apcs-gnu") |
|
Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; |
|
else if (ABIStr == "aapcs16") |
|
Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP; |
|
else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || |
|
(CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && |
|
(Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF || |
|
Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::MuslEABIHF || |
|
Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::EABIHF))) |
|
Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; |
|
|
|
return SetCGInfo(new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::ppc: |
|
return SetCGInfo( |
|
new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft")); |
|
case llvm::Triple::ppc64: |
|
if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { |
|
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; |
|
if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") |
|
Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; |
|
bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx"; |
|
|
|
return SetCGInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX)); |
|
} else |
|
return SetCGInfo(new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { |
|
assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); |
|
PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; |
|
if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx") |
|
Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; |
|
bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx"; |
|
|
|
return SetCGInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::nvptx: |
|
case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::msp430: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::systemz: { |
|
bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector"; |
|
return SetCGInfo(new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasVector)); |
|
} |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::tce: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::x86: { |
|
bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); |
|
bool RetSmallStructInRegABI = |
|
X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); |
|
bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing(); |
|
|
|
if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { |
|
return SetCGInfo(new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo( |
|
Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, |
|
IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); |
|
} else { |
|
return SetCGInfo(new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo( |
|
Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, |
|
IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters, |
|
CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft")); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
|
|
case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { |
|
StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI(); |
|
X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = |
|
(ABI == "avx512" |
|
? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512 |
|
: ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX : X86AVXABILevel::None); |
|
|
|
switch (Triple.getOS()) { |
|
case llvm::Triple::Win32: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::PS4: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel)); |
|
default: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel)); |
|
} |
|
} |
|
case llvm::Triple::hexagon: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::lanai: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new LanaiTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::r600: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::amdgcn: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::sparc: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new SparcV8TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::xcore: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
case llvm::Triple::spir: |
|
case llvm::Triple::spir64: |
|
return SetCGInfo(new SPIRTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
|
} |
|
}
|
|
|